Quarterlytics / Energy / Coal / Exxaro Resources Ltd / FY2013 Annual Report

Exxaro Resources Ltd
Annual Report 2013

EXXAF · OTC Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker EXXAF
Exchange OTC
Sector Energy
Industry Coal
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Exxaro Resources Ltd
Loading PDF…
2013  
Integrated report

CONTENTS

Salient features
Exxaro group
About this report
Value created

STRATEGY 
Business philosophy
Strategy

APPROACH TO SUSTAINABILITY 
Assurance

RISK AND COMPLIANCE
Accolades and awards

STAKEHOLDERS

COMMENTARY
Chairman’s message
Chief executive officer’s message
Financial director’s review

PERFORMANCE
Mineral resources and reserves

GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
Executive committee
Directorate

SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited group statement of comprehensive income
Audited reconciliation of group headline earnings
Audited group statement of financial position
Audited group statement of cash flows
Audited group statement of changes in equity
Notes to the summarised group annual financial statements

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Mining charter scorecard
Notice of annual general meeting and form of proxy
Administration

BOARD RESPONSIBILITY

The board acknowledges its responsibility 
for the integrity of Exxaro’s integrated 
report and supplementary information. 
Although the process of integrated 
reporting is still evolving, Exxaro 
has integrated all the elements of its 
sustainability and financial disclosure 
in this report. Continuous efforts are 
made to incorporate best practice and 
improve our level of reporting, including 
an independent assessment of key 
aspects of sustainability reporting and 
disclosure by PricewaterhouseCoopers 
Incorporated (PwC). 

The board reviewed and finally approved 
the content of the integrated report prior 
to publication.

Len Konar 
Chairman	

31 March 2014

Sipho Nkosi
Chief	executive	officer

1
2
5

7
8
10

17
21

23
36

37

45
42
43
45

47
57

59
60
62

93
94
95
96
97
98
99

107
108
112
IBC

CERTIFICATE BY GROUP 
COMPANY SECRETARY 
for the year ended 31 December 2013

In terms of section 88(2)(e) of the 
Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as 
amended (Companies Act), I, CH Wessels, 
in my capacity as group company 
secretary, confirm that, to the best of my 
knowledge and belief, for the year ended 
31 December 2013, Exxaro Resources Limited 
(Exxaro) has filed with the Companies and 
Intellectual Property Commission all such 
returns and notices as are required of a 
public company in terms of the Companies 
Act and that all such returns and notices 
appear to be true, correct and up to date.

Carina Wessels
Group	company	secretary

Pretoria

31 March 2014

THIS ICON REFERS TO FURTHER 
READING AT WWW.EXXARO.COM

THIS ICON REFERS TO FURTHER 
READING IN THIS REPORT

 
SALIENT FEATURES

ZERO 
FATALITIES  
record 14 months  
without a fatality

Coal  
production at  
38,9Mt 
down 3%

Lost-time injury  
frequency rate at  
0,19 down 34%

Coal exports of  
4,5Mt  
up 15%

Wetland plans 
and ongoing 
rehabilitation at 
all business units

19 days of 
industrial action 
in first quarter 
caused coal 
production losses 
of 2,2Mt

Headline earnings per share (HEPS) 
of 1 463 cents, up 4% 

Total dividend of 550 cents per 
share, up 10%

Unique occupational risk exposure 
profile implemented to further 
reduce incidence of occupational 
disease

Mayoko mining convention in Republic 
of the Congo signed, Zincor refinery 
sold, New Clydesdale Colliery sale 
agreement signed

1

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013EXXARO GROUP

Exxaro is one of the 
largest South Africa-based 
diversified resources groups, 
with interests in the coal, 
titanium dioxide, ferrous and 
energy markets and current 
business interests in South 
Africa, Botswana, Republic 
of the Congo, Inner Mongolia 
and Australia. The company 
is the second-largest coal 
producer in South Africa 
with current production of 
almost 40 million tonnes 
per annum (Mtpa), and is 
listed on the JSE Limited, 
where it is a constituent of 
both the Top 40 and Socially 
Responsible Investment 
(SRI) indices.

At 31 December 2013, Exxaro 
had assets of R49,5 billion 
and a market capitalisation of 
R52 billion (US$5,02 billion).

Although our company is just 
seven years old, our pedigree 
and wealth of skills stretch back 
over decades as a company 
rooted in South Africa and 
respected among its peers 
for its innovation, ethics and 
integrity.

Based on a well-executed 
strategy, solid returns, access 
to funds and quality resources, 
Exxaro is a unique listed 
investment opportunity into its 
chosen commodities. Exxaro 
was one of the top 10 mining 
companies globally in terms 
of total shareholder returns in 
2012*, and remains on track 
to add significant value to all 
stakeholders in the longer term.

COAL

Through seven managed coal 
mines, Exxaro produces almost 
40Mtpa of power station, steam 
and coking coal. All power station 
coal is supplied to the national 
power utility, Eskom, and municipal 
power stations. Grootegeluk is 
one of the most efficient mining 
operations in the world, and 
operates the world’s largest coal 
beneficiation complex. It is the only 
producing mine in the coal-rich 
Waterberg, adjacent to Eskom’s 
existing Matimba and new Medupi 
power stations.

A robust pipeline of greenfield and 
expansion projects will keep Exxaro 
among the top coal producers in 
South Africa. Exxaro also produces 
semi-coke and related products 
for the rapidly growing ferroalloys 
industry.

*	 Boston	Consulting	Group

MANAGED OPERATIONS

Tshikondeni

Grootegeluk

Limpopo

FerroAlloys

Corporate 
office

North West

Gauteng

North Block Complex

New Clydesdale

Inyanda

Arnot

Matla

Mpumalanga

2

Mayoko — Republic of the Congo

FERROUS

TITANIUM DIOXIDE

Our 2012 acquisition of African 
Iron Limited gave substance to 
our strategy of expanding into 
the ferrous metals sector. This 
operation and related exploration 
opportunities in the Republic of the 
Congo, an iron ore development 
frontier, are an attractive 
platform for further growth in a 
key commodity. We believe the 
fundamentals of iron ore are 
positive in the medium to long 
term and we are drawing on in-
house expertise and experience 
in mining bulk commodities to 
unlock this potential. The board 
made a strategic decision not to 
commit further capital funds until 
the mining convention and rail 
and port agreements have been 
finalised, which is expected to 
occur by mid-2014.

Exxaro FerroAlloys produces  
gas-atomised ferrosilicon for use 
in dense medium separation plants. 
An expansion programme has been 
approved, with commissioning 
expected late in 2014.

AlloyStreamTM, a proprietary 
technology development in 
cooperation with Assmang 
to produce high-carbon 
ferromanganese, is running a 
second campaign to validate 
demonstration facility 
performance.

Exxaro’s mineral sands operations 
consist of a 26% direct equity 
interest in KZN Sands and the 
Western Cape operations of 
Namakwa Sands as well as a 44,4% 
equity interest in US-listed Tronox 
Limited (Tronox) which owns the 
remaining 74% in KZN Sands 
and Namakwa Sands in addition 
to other mineral sands interests 
outside of South Africa. Tronox is 
the world’s largest fully integrated 
producer of titanium ore and 
titanium dioxide (TiO2).

OTHER

Energy

In terms of our strategy, we are 
actively participating in renewable 
energy initiatives, both to ensure 
security of supply for our own 
operations and to reduce our 
carbon footprint.

Cennergi Proprietary Limited, 
our joint venture with Tata Power, 
launched in 2012, achieved 
financial closure on two wind 
projects in the Eastern Cape with 
commissioning planned for 2016:
•  Amakhala Emoyeni wind farm 

near Bedford (139MW)

•  Tsitsikamma Community wind 
farm on Mfengu community 
land (95MW).

As part of each wind farm, 
Cennergi and its partners 
have developed detailed and 
consultative plans for community 
development.

During the review period, Exxaro 
announced a coal supply and 
offtake agreement for a 600MW 
coal-fired power plant in Limpopo 
with France’s GDF SUEZ, a global 
leader in independent power 
production. This marks Exxaro’s 
entry to the independent power 
producer market.

Exxaro has also partnered with 
Linc Energy Limited to develop 
energy solutions through 
underground coal gasification 
in sub-Saharan Africa, with a 
prefeasibility study to begin 
in 2015.

Construction of the co-generation 
plant at Namakwa Sands, on 
South Africa’s west coast, has 
been completed and is managed 
by Tronox Limited. We believe 
co-generation is an important 
alternative energy supply in 
our country.

Base metals

Exxaro’s remaining base metals 
portfolio includes only our 
effective 11,7% and 26% interests 
in Chifeng zinc refinery in Inner 
Mongolia and Black Mountain in 
South Africa, respectively. We will 
maintain the investment in Black 
Mountain, while considering 
divesting from Chifeng in 2016, 
when we reach the end of a 10-year 
tax regime.

READ MORE>
Page	12

3

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013EXXARO GROUP
continued

EXXARO OWNERSHIP

Industrial 
Development 
Corporation 
(IDC) 
15,29%

Dreamvision 
Investments 
Proprietary Limited 
(Eyesizwe1) 
54,07%

Capital 
Consortium
Proprietary Limited 
(Eyabantu1) 
9,71%

Morning Tide 
Investments 168
Proprietary Limited 
(KagisoTiso1) 
9,71%

Basadi Ba Kopane1
Investments 
Proprietary Limited 
11,22%

Main Street 333  
Proprietary Limited
 (BEE Holdco) 
52,09%

Anglo American 
plc2  
9,70%

Exxaro  
Mpower  
0,83%

Minorities
(free float)
35,38%

Other non-public 
shareholders
2%

COAL

FERROUS

TiO2

5

OTHER

•  Second-largest 
coal producer 
in RSA

•  Tied operations
•  Commercial 
operations:
–  Waterberg
–  Mpumalanga

• 

19,98% in SIOC3, 
the fourth-
largest supplier 
in international 
iron ore 
seaborne trade

•  Operations:

–  90% Mayoko 

project4,
–  FerroAlloys
–  AlloyStream™

•  44,4% in 

Tronox, the 
world’s largest 
fully integrated 
producer of 
titanium ore 
and titanium 
dioxide, as well 
as mineral sands 
feedstock

•  Clean energy:

–  50:50 JV with 
Tata Power in 
Cennergi
•  Base metals:

–  26% in Black 
Mountain
11,7% in 
Chifeng

– 

1	 Special	purpose	vehicles	for	shareholders	in	Main	Street	333	Proprietary	Limited.
2	 Held	through	Anglo	South	Africa	Capital	Proprietary	Limited.
3	 Sishen	Iron	Ore	Company	Limited.
4	 Republic	of	the	Congo	government	10%	free-carry.
5	 Titanium	dioxide.

4

ABOUT THIS REPORT

In addition to this printed 
report, an electronic 
copy and comprehensive 
supplementary information 
are available on our 
website www.exxaro.com.

Each year, Exxaro produces 
an integrated report detailing 
its economic, social and 
environmental performance for 
a group-wide understanding, and 
setting out the challenges and 
opportunities ahead. This report 
covers the financial year to 
31 December 2013, as well as key 
subsequent developments, and 
follows the 2012 report.

Reporting on all aspects of our 
business remains a cornerstone of 
our commitment to sustainability 
and our determination to entrench 
global safety and sustainability 
best practices in all operations.

Content is guided by our 
strategic objectives (page 12 
to 15), legislative and regulatory 
requirements, including the 
Companies Act No 71 of 2008, 

as amended (Companies Act), 
and the Listings Requirements 
of the JSE Limited (Listings 
Requirements), as well as global 
best-practice standards, including 
the International Integrated 
Reporting Committee, United 
Nations Global Compact, Global 
Reporting Initiative (GRI G3), 
the King Report on Governance 
for South Africa 2009 (King III) 
and ongoing consultation with 
stakeholders. Under the revised 
reporting requirements of the 
Department of Mineral Resources 
for the mining charter scorecard, 
Exxaro discloses its performance 
per mining right for the period to 
31 December 2013 post the end-
March 2014 deadline on its website. 
Group performance is disclosed in 
this report.

The content of this report, which 
is only produced in English, has 
again been prepared in line with 
GRI intermediate application level 
B+, with the expanded GRI index on 
our website. The supplementary 
information on our website 
provides detailed disclosure on key 
aspects of our operations. Methods 
for determining specific indicators 

are summarised in the text or 
detailed in our GRI index.

Corporate activity since Exxaro’s 
inception makes data comparability 
challenging in some areas; this 
is explained where it will aid 
understanding. This report 
includes limited information on 
operations where we do not have 
management control but have a 
significant equity interest which 
can include joint control, namely 
Sishen Iron Ore Company (iron 
ore), Tronox Limited (mineral 
sands) and Cennergi (energy). 
In this report, we include lost-
time injuries and fatalities for 
our Mayoko (Republic of the 
Congo) project, and are expanding 
sustainability indicators for this 
operation.

Disclaimer

Opinions expressed in this report are, by nature, subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Changing 
information or circumstances may cause the actual results, plans and objectives of Exxaro Resources Limited to differ 
materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. Financial forecasts and data in this report 
are estimates which at times are based on reports prepared by experts who, in turn, may have relied on management 
estimates. Undue reliance should not be placed on such opinions, forecasts or data. No representation is made on the 
completeness or correctness of opinions, forecasts or data in this report. Neither the company nor any of its affiliates, 
advisors or representatives accepts any responsibility for any loss arising from the use of any opinion expressed, forecast 
or data in this report. Forward-looking statements apply only as of the date on which they are made and the company does 
not undertake any obligation to publicly update or revise any of its opinions or forward-looking statements, whether to 
reflect new data or future events or circumstances. The financial information on which the forward-looking statements are 
based have not been audited nor reported on by the company’s independent external auditors.

Ongoing feedback from a range of stakeholders helps us to contextualise certain issues better for more 
informed understanding by readers. 

Contact:
Hanno Olinger | Manager: Sustainability 
Tel: +27 12 307 3359 | Fax: +27 12 307 5327 | Mobile: +27 83 609 1094 
Email: hanno.olinger@exxaro.com | www.exxaro.com

5

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013VALUE CREATED

Unique investment 

VALUE CREATED IN 2013

Exxaro’s value as a long-term 
investment is demonstrated by:
•  A track record of top-quartile 
returns, innovation and growth
•  Strong and well executed growth 
strategy in industrial-application 
energy (including renewables), 
metal and mineral commodities 
•  Access to funds and good quality 

resources 

•  Leadership in risk management, 
energy and carbon management 
•  Integrated sustainability thinking 
•  Strong social, ethical and 

governance structures and 
processes

•  Embracing the spirit of the South 
African mining charter and being 
an agent for change through 
significant contribution to 
sustainable social and economic 
development.

R57m

R57m

R1 387 m

2013
Distribution  
of R6,4 billion

Dividends (cents per share)

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

60

100

100

100

175

200

200

300

300

350

500

150

235

315

Interim dividend

Final dividend

6

Strategy
Strategy

01

7

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY

VISION, 
MISSION AND 
VALUES

VALUE  
OF LIFE

S

H

A

R

E

D

V

A

L

U

E

A

N

D

V

A

L

U

E

S

R 
U

AVIO

H
E
D B
N
E A
R
U
LT
U
R C
U
O

OUR 
STRATEGY

RESOURCE  
TO MARKET

GAME PLAN

MUTUALITY

CHANNELS

STAKEHOLDERS

ALIGNED COMMUNICATION

STAKEHOLDER 
ENGAGEMENT

OUR STRATEGY
•  Demonstrate responsibility  

and accountability

VISION
To be a powerful source of endless 
possibilities (reason for being).

BRAND 
Sustainability means maintaining 
our reputation. 

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT 
Harness the universal powers 
of our stakeholders in favour 
of our strategy and objectives 
through principles of materiality, 
completeness and responsiveness*.

*  AccountAbility: AA1000SES.

•  Develop leadership and people
•  Optimise our portfolio
•   Pursue operational and financial 

MISSION
Create value for our stakeholders 
through innovation and passion.

excellence.

RESOURCE-TO-MARKET
•  Invest in energy, metal and 

mineral resources commodities 
that generate sustainable 
economic returns of 1,5 times the 
cost of capital

•  Growth through industrial-

application energy, metal and 
mineral commodities from 
diverse geographies by using 
our own capabilities and relevant 
partnerships

•  Develop market insights for 
our products and innovate 
throughout the value chain for 
added value and competitive 
market advantage.

VALUES  
Our values that will guide us in our 
mission are:
•  Empower to grow and contribute: we 
develop and use our knowledge and 
ingenuity to achieve Exxaro’s vision

•  Teamwork: we succeed together 
through a climate of respect 
and equality 

•  Honest responsibility:  we speak 

the truth and are accountable for 
our actions

•  Committed to excellence: we always 

strive to achieve excellence for 
ourselves, others and Exxaro.

8

RESOURCE-TO-MARKET BUSINESS MODEL

KEY  

RESOURCES

KEY 

ACTIVITIES

VALUE 

PROPOSITIONS

CUSTOMER 

SEGMENTS

NATURAL 

• Land

• Water

• Wind

• Solar.

MINERAL RESOURCES

• Coal

• Titanium ore and  

titanium dioxide

• Iron ore.

PHYSICAL 

INFRASTRUCTURE

• Rail, port and roads.

HUMAN 

INTELLECTUAL

• Skills and capacity.

• Security of supply

• Power generation

• Power utilities

• Steel industry

• Investment security and 

• Domestic and international.  

sustainability 

• Co-creation.

CORE VALUE CHAIN

•  Resource acquisition 

•  Optimised resource 

management 

• Beneficiation

• Joint venture investments

• Equity investments.

KEY 

PARTNERSHIPS

• Joint ventures, associates

• Directly conveyed

• Indirect third-party logistics.

• Suppliers 

• Mining contractors.

• Customers

• Shareholders

• Regulators 

• Communities, media, 

public, NGOs

• Employees and unions

• Investors 

• Suppliers.

COST 

STRUCTURES

REVENUE 

STREAMS

COST-DRIVEN

Leverage off economies of scale 

and scope.

VALUE-DRIVEN

PRODUCT SALES  

AND INVESTMENTS

• Metallurgical coal

• Thermal coal

• Domestic and exports

• Investment income

• Equity income

• Technology innovations.

 
 
 
VISION, 

MISSION AND 

VALUES

VALUE  

OF LIFE

R 

U

AVIO

H

E

D B

N

E A

R

U

LT

U

R C

U

O

S

H

A

R

E

D

V

A

L

U

E

A

N

D

V

A

L

U

E

S

OUR 

STRATEGY

RESOURCE  

TO MARKET

GAME PLAN

MUTUALITY

STAKEHOLDER 

ENGAGEMENT

ALIGNED COMMUNICATION

OUR STRATEGY

VISION

BRAND 

To be a powerful source of endless 

Sustainability means maintaining 

possibilities (reason for being).

our reputation. 

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT 

Harness the universal powers 

of our stakeholders in favour 

of our strategy and objectives 

through principles of materiality, 

completeness and responsiveness*.

*  AccountAbility: AA1000SES.

•   Pursue operational and financial 

through innovation and passion.

•  Demonstrate responsibility  

and accountability

•  Develop leadership and people

•  Optimise our portfolio

excellence.

RESOURCE-TO-MARKET

•  Invest in energy, metal and 

mineral resources commodities 

that generate sustainable 

economic returns of 1,5 times the 

cost of capital

•  Growth through industrial-

application energy, metal and 

mineral commodities from 

diverse geographies by using 

our own capabilities and relevant 

partnerships

•  Develop market insights for 

our products and innovate 

throughout the value chain for 

added value and competitive 

market advantage.

MISSION

Create value for our stakeholders 

VALUES  

mission are:

Our values that will guide us in our 

•  Empower to grow and contribute: we 

develop and use our knowledge and 

ingenuity to achieve Exxaro’s vision

•  Teamwork: we succeed together 

through a climate of respect 

and equality 

•  Honest responsibility:  we speak 

the truth and are accountable for 

our actions

•  Committed to excellence: we always 

strive to achieve excellence for 

ourselves, others and Exxaro.

RESOURCE-TO-MARKET BUSINESS MODEL

KEY  
RESOURCES

KEY 
ACTIVITIES

VALUE 
PROPOSITIONS

CUSTOMER 
SEGMENTS

NATURAL 
• Land
• Water
• Wind
• Solar.

MINERAL RESOURCES
• Coal
• Titanium ore and  
titanium dioxide

• Iron ore.

PHYSICAL 
INFRASTRUCTURE
• Rail, port and roads.
HUMAN 
INTELLECTUAL
• Skills and capacity.

CORE VALUE CHAIN
•  Resource acquisition 
•  Optimised resource 

management 
• Beneficiation
• Joint venture investments
• Equity investments.

KEY 
PARTNERSHIPS

• Security of supply
• Power generation
• Investment security and 

sustainability 

• Co-creation.

• Power utilities
• Steel industry
• Domestic and international.  

CHANNELS

STAKEHOLDERS

• Joint ventures, associates
• Suppliers 
• Mining contractors.

• Directly conveyed
• Indirect third-party logistics.

• Customers
• Shareholders
• Regulators 
• Communities, media, 

public, NGOs

• Employees and unions
• Investors 
• Suppliers.

COST 
STRUCTURES

REVENUE 
STREAMS

COST-DRIVEN
Leverage off economies of scale 
and scope.

VALUE-DRIVEN

PRODUCT SALES  
AND INVESTMENTS
• Metallurgical coal
• Thermal coal
• Domestic and exports
• Investment income
• Equity income
• Technology innovations.

9

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
STRATEGY

DELIVERING ON OUR 
STRATEGY

Our strategy is a key 
part of our philosophy. 
The strategy is 
complemented by the 
vision, mission and 
values, and reinforced 
by recognising the 
significance of 
stakeholder engagement 
in creating an enabling 
environment for our 
business to succeed. 
Exxaro’s business 
philosophy describes 
the linkages among our 
beliefs of who we are 
and why we exist, our 
vision for the business 
and how we will achieve 
our mission through our 
business strategy.

READ MORE>
Page	12	to	15

The strategy is based on a 
resource-to-market business 
model (page 9) with the intent 
to invest (invest in energy, 
metal and mineral resource 
commodities that generate 
sustainable economic returns 
of 1,5 times the cost of capital), 
develop (develop market insights 
for our products and appropriate 
technology throughout the 
value chain for added value and 
competitive market advantage), 
and grow (extract energy, metal 
and mineral commodities from 
diverse geographies by using 
our own capabilities and relevant 
partnerships).

This strategic intent rests on four 
strategic objectives:
•  To demonstrate responsibility 

and accountability to our 
stakeholders

•  To optimise our portfolio of 
investments and operations
•  To develop the capability of our 

leadership and people
•  To continuously seek 

operational excellence and 
outstanding financial results.

Sustainable development

Exxaro acknowledges the five 
capitals (natural, human, social, 
manufactured and financial) 
model as a balanced approach to 
sustainable growth to increase 
our potential to invest and 
develop. Equally, we believe 
sustainability is an outcome of 
our actions — it is not a separate 
objective, but the foundation for 
our commitment to our strategic 
objectives which are, themselves, 
aligned to the five capitals 
(page 18).

Our growth over the next three to 
five years will be driven by diverse 
commodities in energy, metals 
and minerals from the operations 
and opportunities detailed on 
page 12 to 13. Each commodity 
strategy is supported by a vision, 
description of growth prospects 
and the related timeline and 
estimate of capital.

Our strategy is dynamic — 
anticipating and responding to 
external elements — and we have 
proven our ability to deliver on 
this strategy as summarised from 
page 12.

We believe in the 
power of people and 
their ability to explore 
and shift boundaries 
which lead to success.

10

  HUMAN                            

ACHIEVE  
OPERATIONAL &  
FINANCIAL EXCELLENCE

S

O

C

I

A
L

L   
A
R
U
T
A
N

IMPROVE 
EXXARO’S
PORTFOLIO

DEMONSTRATE 
RESPONSIBILITY & 
ACCOUNTABILITY

F

I

N

A

N

CI

A

DEVELOP EXXARO’S  
LEADERSHIP  
AND PEOPLE

L                                 M A N U F A

R E D 

U

T

C

11

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
STRATEGY
continued

Strategic objective

Measures

Performance in 2013

Outlook or objective for 2014

Demonstrate 
responsibility and 
accountability to 
protect our reputation 

Protect and build Exxaro’s 
reputation by being 
responsible and 
accountable to 
stakeholders through 
engagement, legislative 
compliance, transparent 
reporting, resource 
management, and social 
and environmental 
stewardship 

•  Sound stakeholder engagement

•  Refer to section on stakeholders on page 38

•  Progress to introduction of AccountAbility 

AA1000SES stakeholder engagement standard

•  Compliance risk management plans in place

•  Compiled compliance risk management plans supported by risk 

•  Compliance risk management plans to be 

management enabler and focused on material compliance risks. 

rolled out through control self-assessment 

Refer page 24

questionnaires

•  No reportable cases of environmental incidents

•  No level 3 environmental incidents for the past three years

•  No reportable environmental incidents above 

•  Valid and enforceable mining rights secured

•  Current status:

R500 000, ie no level 3 environmental incidents

•  All mining rights, whether old-order mining right 

conversions or new mining rights, to be granted, 

registered and executed

•  Reputation through good governance

•  Refer to governance and remuneration section on page 60

•  Enhanced reputation through good governance. 

•  Commitment to environmental stewardship

–  Grootegeluk, Mafube and Goni (Tshikondeni) – registered 

–  Magvanti (Gravelotte), Leeuwpan and Leeuwpan Ext, Arnot, 

Glisa (NBC), Inyanda, New Clydesdale, Belfast and Mafube 

–  Matla, Tshikondeni and Strathrae (NBC) – granted but execution 

Nooitgedacht – executed 

by DMR in process 

–  Thabametsi, Glisa South (Paardeplaats), Eerstelingsfontein  

(NBC – renewal) – submitted but approvals pending

Compliance and sound governance are non-

negotiable and driven through our governance 

and risk management framework

•  Selective performance:

•  Additional IWULs approved

–  16 integrated water use licences (IWULs) approved and 10 applied for

•  Mitigation of possible non-compliance to 

–  Environmental rehabilitation trust fund asset for final closure of 

R685 million (including non-current assets held-for-sale) in place

–  Wetland management and enhancement through rehabilitation

–  Qualified for inclusion in JSE100 Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index 

with a score of 97

–  Maintained inclusion in the JSE SRI index

conditions of environmental authorisations post 

an independent environmental legal audit

•  Biodiversity: continued wetland management and 

enhancement through rehabilitation

•  Maintain inclusion in relevant socially and 

environmentally responsible indices

•  Brand perception as proxy for reputation confirmation

•  Brand perception survey

•  Stoppage directives (includes MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)

•  Three section 54 and six section 55 directives received

•  No stoppage directives

•  Compliance to:

–  Mining charter and social and labour plan, per site and per element, but with ownership 

for the overall group

–  BBBEE level – group performance against targets in DTI codes

•  Complied with: 

–  Mining charter requirements for all categories/elements at a 

mining right level except employing people with disabilities

–  Level 4 contributory status achieved for BBBEE

•  Full compliance to the mining charter elements 

and maintain level 4 contributory status revised 

DTI BBBEE codes

OUTLOOK

Despite global economic risks 
(mainly related to oil prices, United 
States tapering of quantitative 
easing and the fragile Euro zone, 
volatile exchange rates and 
commodity prices), the global 
economy still points to a gradual 
recovery for 2014. The South 
African economic growth outlook 
is expected to remain fragile 
with a weakening exchange rate 
which will dampen domestic 
demand and increase inflation. 
Labour discontent on the back of 
unresolved socio-economic issues 
and union rivalry are expected to 
remain a challenge for the local 
mining industry.

2014 coal export sales are 
expected to be affected mostly 
by commodity price volatility,  
ZAR/US$ exchange rate 
fluctuations and the availability 
of trains from Transnet Freight 
Rail (TFR). As Exxaro has ceased 
production at the NCC export 
mine in 2013, export performance 
in 2014 will hinge largely on 
TFR performance between the 
Waterberg and Richards Bay. Both 
thermal and coking coal seaborne 
markets are expected to remain 
soft given an oversupply of coal 
globally. Developments on TFR’s 
first-phase expansion of capacity, 
on the line from Lephalale in 
the Waterberg, from 4Mtpa to 

23Mtpa by 2018 are expected to 
have a positive long-term impact 
on Exxaro’s bottom line. That 
expansion is crucial to the group 
meeting its commitments to 
Eskom. Given that Mpumalanga 
coal deposits will have largely been 
exhausted in the medium term, 
keeping the Mpumalanga power 
stations going with coal from the 
Waterberg has been designated a 
national development priority.

In the domestic market, demand 
for steam and metallurgical coal 
is expected to be stable in 2014. 
Demand for power station coal 
from Eskom is, however, expected 
to be weaker than in 2013 due to 

12

Demonstrate 

responsibility and 

accountability to 

Protect and build Exxaro’s 

reputation by being 

responsible and 

accountable to 

stakeholders through 

engagement, legislative 

compliance, transparent 

reporting, resource 

management, and social 

and environmental 

stewardship 

Strategic objective

Measures

Performance in 2013

Outlook or objective for 2014

•  Sound stakeholder engagement

•  Refer to section on stakeholders on page 38

•  Progress to introduction of AccountAbility 

AA1000SES stakeholder engagement standard

protect our reputation 

•  Compliance risk management plans in place

•  Compiled compliance risk management plans supported by risk 
management enabler and focused on material compliance risks. 
Refer page 24

•  Compliance risk management plans to be 
rolled out through control self-assessment 
questionnaires

•  No reportable cases of environmental incidents

•  No level 3 environmental incidents for the past three years

•  No reportable environmental incidents above 

•  Valid and enforceable mining rights secured

•  Current status:

–  Grootegeluk, Mafube and Goni (Tshikondeni) – registered 
–  Magvanti (Gravelotte), Leeuwpan and Leeuwpan Ext, Arnot, 
Glisa (NBC), Inyanda, New Clydesdale, Belfast and Mafube 
Nooitgedacht – executed 

–  Matla, Tshikondeni and Strathrae (NBC) – granted but execution 

by DMR in process 

–  Thabametsi, Glisa South (Paardeplaats), Eerstelingsfontein  

(NBC – renewal) – submitted but approvals pending

•  Reputation through good governance

•  Refer to governance and remuneration section on page 60

•  Commitment to environmental stewardship

•  Selective performance:

–  16 integrated water use licences (IWULs) approved and 10 applied for
–  Environmental rehabilitation trust fund asset for final closure of 

R685 million (including non-current assets held-for-sale) in place
–  Wetland management and enhancement through rehabilitation
–  Qualified for inclusion in JSE100 Carbon Disclosure Leadership Index 

with a score of 97

–  Maintained inclusion in the JSE SRI index

•  Brand perception as proxy for reputation confirmation

R500 000, ie no level 3 environmental incidents

•  All mining rights, whether old-order mining right 
conversions or new mining rights, to be granted, 
registered and executed

•  Enhanced reputation through good governance. 
Compliance and sound governance are non-
negotiable and driven through our governance 
and risk management framework

•  Additional IWULs approved
•  Mitigation of possible non-compliance to 

conditions of environmental authorisations post 
an independent environmental legal audit

•  Biodiversity: continued wetland management and 

enhancement through rehabilitation

•  Maintain inclusion in relevant socially and 

environmentally responsible indices

•  Brand perception survey

•  Stoppage directives (includes MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)

•  Three section 54 and six section 55 directives received

•  No stoppage directives

•  Compliance to:

for the overall group

–  Mining charter and social and labour plan, per site and per element, but with ownership 

–  BBBEE level – group performance against targets in DTI codes

•  Complied with: 

–  Mining charter requirements for all categories/elements at a 
mining right level except employing people with disabilities

–  Level 4 contributory status achieved for BBBEE

•  Full compliance to the mining charter elements 
and maintain level 4 contributory status revised 
DTI BBBEE codes

Continued review of costs is 
expected to assist the group to 
weather the next few years where 
cost pressures, subdued global 
demand and lower available 
sources of finance are critical for 
running a value-adding business.

the current high level of coal stock-
days at Eskom power stations.

study on phase 2 will be completed 
in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Exxaro continues to engage 
with Eskom following the recent 
announcement of the delay in the 
construction of the Medupi power 
station and the impact this is 
expected to have on the previously 
revised volume off-take agreement 
between the two parties.

The focus on the Mayoko project 
in 2014 will be mainly on ensuring 
the successful conclusion of the 
detailed port and rail agreements. 
This is expected to be completed 
in the first half of 2014. It is also 
expected that the prefeasibility 

Stable offtake is expected in 
the FerroAlloys business, with 
full production targeted. Eskom 
remains a threat to the ferroalloy 
industry, but has announced that it 
will not continue with its ‘electricity 
buy-back’ scheme and will employ 
other methods to reduce electricity 
consumption.

For Exxaro to remain a resilient, 
long-term, sustainable enterprise, 
we must continuously shape 
and adapt our business to 
external market conditions and 
geographical locations.

13

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013STRATEGY
continued

Strategic objective

Measures

Performance in 2013

Outlook or objective for 2014

Optimise our 
commodity portfolio

Top-quartile financial 
returns

Diversified yet 
complementary portfolio 
of assets aligned with 
commodity strategy

Develop our leaders 
and people

Developing strong 
leadership and empowered 
employees

Ensuring a safe, healthy 
and skilled workforce

•  Healthy financial metrics

•  Refer to actual performance on page 112 of the web report 

•  Achieving financial metrics as approved as part 

•  Diversified yet complementary portfolio of assets

•  Safety

– Fatalities
– LTIFR

•  Health

– Accepted occupational disease rate 
– People tested positive and enrolled in HIV management programme

•  Cases of reported occupational diseases down 25%

•  HIV/Aids: voluntary testing and counselling up 26% to 95%

•  Target of 95%

•  Capability development

– Talent pool 
– Skills provision 
– Skills retention

Achieve operational and 
financial excellence

Low-cost and high-quality 
product from efficient 
operations

•  Operating margin
•  Solvency and liquidity metrics
•  Return on equity
•  Return on capital employed 

14

of the risk appetite framework (due for approval 

in April 2014) 

Sale of Zincor refinery

Coal

•  Grootegeluk Medupi expansion project (GMEP) 97% complete

•  Continued ramp-up of GMEP

•  Project with GDF Suez on 600MW baseload power station by 2014, 

•  Thabametsi phase 1 bankable feasibility study

with coal supplied by Thabametsi

•  Disposal of New Clydesdale

•  Joint venture with Linc Energy on underground coal gasification

•  Prefeasibility to begin in 2015

•  Belfast bankable feasibility study

•  Mayoko: mining convention, port memorandum of understanding 

•  Develop Mayoko in a phased approach once all 

and rail framework agreements signed. Additional resources 

confirmed – total of 754Mt

components of the mining convention as well as 

the port and rail agreements have been finalised

Coal

Ferrous

Energy

Ferrous

Energy

•  Cennergi (joint venture with Tata Power) developing two wind farms 

•  Construction of two wind farms to start in 2014 

– financial closure achieved in 2013

Titanium dioxide

•  Assessment of investment in Tronox including 

consideration of long-term fundamentals

•  2013 fatality-free

•  Remain fatality free

•  LTIFR improved by 34% to 0,19 with six business units LTI free

•  Target of 0,15

•  R200 million spent on training in 2013

•  Targeted spend of 5% on payroll

– 370 employees in management development programmes

– Some 800 young people trained (80% historically disadvantaged)

•  Mpower paid dividends of R16 million in respect of FY13, benefiting 

7 240 employees

Refer to actual performance on page 112 of our supplemental 

information on the web

•  Achieving financial metrics as approved as part 

of the risk appetite framework (due for approval 

in April 2014)

Strategic objective

Measures

Performance in 2013

Outlook or objective for 2014

•  Healthy financial metrics

•  Refer to actual performance on page 112 of the web report 

•  Achieving financial metrics as approved as part 
of the risk appetite framework (due for approval 
in April 2014) 

•  Diversified yet complementary portfolio of assets

Sale of Zincor refinery

Coal
•  Grootegeluk Medupi expansion project (GMEP) 97% complete
•  Project with GDF Suez on 600MW baseload power station by 2014, 

Coal
•  Continued ramp-up of GMEP
•  Thabametsi phase 1 bankable feasibility study

with coal supplied by Thabametsi

•  Disposal of New Clydesdale
•  Joint venture with Linc Energy on underground coal gasification

•  Belfast bankable feasibility study
•  Prefeasibility to begin in 2015

Ferrous
•  Mayoko: mining convention, port memorandum of understanding 
and rail framework agreements signed. Additional resources 
confirmed – total of 754Mt

Ferrous
•  Develop Mayoko in a phased approach once all 
components of the mining convention as well as 
the port and rail agreements have been finalised

Energy
•  Cennergi (joint venture with Tata Power) developing two wind farms 

Energy
•  Construction of two wind farms to start in 2014 

– financial closure achieved in 2013

Titanium dioxide
•  Assessment of investment in Tronox including 

consideration of long-term fundamentals

•  2013 fatality-free
•  LTIFR improved by 34% to 0,19 with six business units LTI free

•  Remain fatality free
•  Target of 0,15

– Accepted occupational disease rate 

– People tested positive and enrolled in HIV management programme

•  Cases of reported occupational diseases down 25%
•  HIV/Aids: voluntary testing and counselling up 26% to 95%

•  Target of 95%

•  R200 million spent on training in 2013

•  Targeted spend of 5% on payroll

– 370 employees in management development programmes
– Some 800 young people trained (80% historically disadvantaged)
•  Mpower paid dividends of R16 million in respect of FY13, benefiting 

7 240 employees

Refer to actual performance on page 112 of our supplemental 
information on the web

•  Achieving financial metrics as approved as part 
of the risk appetite framework (due for approval 
in April 2014)

Optimise our 

commodity portfolio

Top-quartile financial 

returns

Diversified yet 

complementary portfolio 

of assets aligned with 

commodity strategy

Develop our leaders 

•  Safety

and people

Developing strong 

leadership and empowered 

employees

•  Health

– Fatalities

– LTIFR

Ensuring a safe, healthy 

and skilled workforce

•  Capability development

– Talent pool 

– Skills provision 

– Skills retention

Achieve operational and 

•  Operating margin

financial excellence

•  Solvency and liquidity metrics

Low-cost and high-quality 

product from efficient 

operations

•  Return on equity

•  Return on capital employed 

15

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013STRATEGY
continued

EXXARO’S STANCE 
ON TECHNOLOGY 
DEVELOPMENT

We believe technology is a key 
enabler of new business and will 
generate substantial operational 
improvement through motivated 
people and managing systematic 
innovation processes. 

Exxaro creates a competitive 
advantage by developing and 
applying superior technical 
processes for existing and 
emerging technology. We follow a 
technology management process 
— identifying, selecting, acquiring, 
exploiting value and protecting 
intellectual property. Our aim is 
not to develop technology to sell or 
licence, but to support current and 
future businesses with appropriate 
technology to be cost effective 

and to add value through improved 
throughput and product quality.

We form alliances with universities 
and research institutions to gain 
new scientific knowledge from 
fundamental/basic research (only 
focused on key technology areas) 
to be leveraged in a creative and 
cost-effective way. Exxaro will 
therefore keep the competency 
of applied research and process 
development intact as well as 
competencies in key technical 
areas of its core processes.

In 2010, we initiated a programme 
to embed innovation into Exxaro’s 
DNA to realise our vision. 
As part of this, the NEXT (new 
Exxaro tomorrow) programme 
is systematically preparing our 
company to capitalise on this 
envisaged future.

OUR VISION FOR THE MINE 
OF THE FUTURE
1  Sustainable licence to 

operate:
•  Creating inclusive wealth 

— all stakeholders

•  Balanced and sustainable 
partnership between 
government, community 
and resources industry
•  Small footprint/limited 
environmental impact

•  Self-sustaining, 

economically viable 
community beyond life 
of mine. 

2  Smart exploration: accurate, 

predictable, instant, 
information and models

3 

100% resource extraction

4  Zero waste 

5  Zero harm — safety/health 

6  Energy, carbon and water 

neutral

7  Workforce equipped to 

support the future business

8  Hybrid/renewable/

alternative energy solutions

9  Capitalise on trend of 

advanced/light materials/
metals 

10  Integrated, optimised and 
redefined value chain.

Exxaro creates a competitive advantage by 
developing and applying superior technical 
processes for existing and emerging technology.

16

Approach to 
sustainability

1702

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013APPROACH TO  
SUSTAINABILITY

Value add

Opportunities

Gaps

Reporting

Stakeholders

Material issues

Risks

Compliance and 
governance

L
A
R
U
T
A
N

N
A
M
U
H

L
A
I
C
O
S

D
E
R
U
T
C
A
F
U
N
A
M

L
A
I
C
N
A
N
I
F

For Exxaro, sustainability is both 
a journey and the destination. We 
recognise that sustainability is an 
important element in ensuring the 
future is secured for every one of 
our stakeholders. The concept of 
sustainability and implementation 
of its constituent parts are integral 
to both our strategy (page 10) 
and the way we measure the 
performance of our people.

In implementing our approach to 
sustainability, Exxaro is guided 
by the five-capitals model — a 
well-documented sustainability 
framework used globally. This 
framework is tailored to the nature 
of our business and the needs of 
our stakeholders.

The model uses a tiered approach 
where successive foundational 
layers need to be put in place to 
support Exxaro’s strategy and 
ensure its sustainability. The figure 
above illustrates this approach:
•  Cross-functional integrated 

and tiered

•  The ultimate aim of the 

framework is to add value 
•  Focus on the issues most 
material to Exxaro across 
the capitals.

COMPLIANCE AND 
GOVERNANCE 

In a tightly regulated industry 
within a developing democracy, 
our licence to operate is 
multifaceted — extending from 
corporate governance to social and 
environmental performance. The 
legal universe Exxaro operates in 
has been mapped and over 2 700 
legal requirements govern mining 
across all economic, social and 
governance domains. 

Good governance, as detailed 
on page 60, underpins our 
sustainability.

RISKS AND MATERIAL 
ISSUES 

The next tier to address is risks 
and material issues (detailed 
on page 26). In practice, this 
runs in parallel with compliance 
requirements. Exxaro’s risks are 
spread across the sustainability 
spectrum, and in 2013 Exxaro has 
successfully implemented a world-
class enterprise risk management 
process across the entire 
organisation.

STAKEHOLDERS 

Besides internal and external 
risks, it is important to consider 
stakeholders’ perspectives of 
our business and their issues. 
Our approach to stakeholder 
engagement is detailed on 
page 38.

REPORTING 

At all levels and across the 
sustainability spectrum, Exxaro 
reports on essential indicators to 
ensure we reach our goals. Until 
now, these have been guided 
by GRI. In future, reported key 
performance indicators may vary 
annually but all are intended 
to measure the most pertinent 
operational matters, risks and 
sustainability indicators.

GAPS

When gaps in Exxaro’s compliance 
targets, risks and material issues, 
and stakeholder issues have 
been identified, it is imperative 
to close those gaps. In Exxaro, 
a comprehensive combined 
assurance framework that 
collates all issues emanating from 
level 1, 2 and 3 audit findings was 
implemented in 2013 (page 26). 

18

 
 
OPPORTUNITIES 

To ensure Exxaro’s future 
economic sustainability, it is 
important to identify opportunities 
to anticipate and create the future 
in innovative ways. To support 
this drive Exxaro has a formalised 
NEXT programme (page 16), among 
many other initiatives.

VALUE ADDED THROUGH 
THE SUSTAINABILITY 
APPROACH

The value added to the business 
and stakeholders differs across 
the sustainability spectrum, and 
is both quantitative as well as 
qualitative. We add value because 
our sustainability approach 
extends beyond maintaining the 
organisation to development 
through growth, and playing a 
responsible role in society.

Sustainability capital

Summary of value added

Natural 

Human 

Social

Manufactured

Financial 

•  Lowered costs
•  Enhanced reputation
•  Social and environmental security

•  Health and safety
•  Quality skills
•  Intellectual capital
•  Market advantage
•  Improved quality of life
•  Transformation 

•  Reduced cost of compliance
•  Security of rights
•  Stronger brand 
•  Community cohesion and support
•  Customer preference

•  Leveraged technology
•  Innovation
•  Material stewardship

•  Shareholder returns 
•  Investor security

VALUE-ADDED 
EMPOWERMENT

Compliance to both the 
mining charter and DTI codes 
enables Exxaro to add value, 
using a bottom-up approach 
to developing opportunities 
for empowerment (below). 

KEY SUSTAINABILITY 
PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS

Exxaro’s key sustainability 
performance indicators are 
shown on page 20. These are 
currently guided by best practice 
as determined by GRI, but also 
interface with measurable 
indicators on key risks, compliance 
requirements, and any action 
or issue that will enhance the 
reputation of our organisation. 

Understanding that scientifically-
determined business risks will 
not always dovetail neatly with 
issues stakeholders consider 
important, each year we select the 
most appropriate combination of 
indicators for external assurance 
— based on materiality or as an 
external verification of continual 
improvement. 

In 2013, the indicators shown 
overleaf were assured by PwC.

VALUE-ADDED EMPOWERMENT

INTERNAL TO 
ORGANISATION

EXTERNAL TO 
ORGANISATION

Ownership

Management 
control

Skills  
development

Enterprise 
and supplier 
development

Socio-economic 
development

Direct empowerment

HR empowerment

Indirect empowerment

19

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013APPROACH TO  
SUSTAINABILITY
continued

KPIs assured by PwC

Mining charter
Procurement from BEE entities (R value and % of total procurement)

Capital

Services

Consumable goods

Employment equity2
Top management
Senior management
Middle management
Junior management

Safety
Fatalities 
Lost-time injuries (LTIs) – employees and contractors 
Lost-time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) – employees and contractors 

Occupational health 
Total number of people participating in HIV/Aids voluntary counselling 
and testing (VCT)
Number of employees tested for HIV % (prevalence)
Number of reported (and accepted) cases of pneumoconiosis 

Number of reported (and accepted) cases of occupational tuberculosis

Number of reported (and accepted) cases of noise-induced 
hearing loss

Energy
Total diesel used (GJ)
Total electricity used (GJ)
Energy efficiency (kWh/tonne mined)

Greenhouse gases (t CO2e)
Direct CO2 emissions from own operations (scope 1) 
Indirect CO2 emissions from electricity (scope 2) 
Other indirect emissions (scope 3) 

Environmental compliance
Number of integrated water use licences applications approved

Number of integrated water use licences applications pending

Number of level 2 and 3 environmental incidents

Water3
Total potable water use m3

Dust
Environmental fallout dust: number of sites (single bucket points)
Environmental fallout dust: number of months exceeding 600mg/m2/day
Environmental fallout dust: number of months exceeding 1 200mg/m2/day
Land rehabilitation
Land disturbed (hectares)
Land rehabilitated (hectares)

Waste
Hazardous waste to landfill (tonnes)

1	 Total	BEE	procurement	spend.
2	 Figures	for	the	eight	operational	mining	rights	with	the	exception	of	top	management.	
3	 2011	and	2012	data	refers	to	total	water	use	while	2013	refers	to	total	potable	water	use.

2012

2011

R7 944 881 1121 R4 861 010 0001

2013

Level of 
assurance

Reasonable

R1 937 107 893
49%
R2 620 387 614 
58%
R2 654 651 605
62%

Reasonable

60%
53%
55%
65%

0 Reasonable
41 Reasonable
0,19 Reasonable

–

–

60%
34%
54%
64%

2
66
0,29

5 853

Limited

3 616

8,35
37(3)

40(9)

8(0)

Limited
Limited

Limited

Limited

13
24

66

12

–

–

–
–
–
–

3
48
0,20

–
2

19

13

2 128 665 Reasonable
2 011 719 Reasonable
4,4 Reasonable

2 520 233
4 279 399

2 830 978
7 133 903

Limited
235 506
525 282 Reasonable
Limited

69 736 911

345 781
1 117 409
70 644 554

443 126
2 041 095

16 Reasonable

10 Reasonable

21

3

14

8

7-level 2
0-level 3

Limited

11-level 2
0-level 3

28-level 2
0-level 3

2 504 390

Limited

12 209 689

29 292 490

72
25
11

9 452 
1 725 

Limited
Limited
Limited

Limited

73
14
34

8 944 
2 840 

82
12
9

11 785 
3 046 

1 349

Limited

1 484

99 435

This	table	should	be	read	in	conjunction	with	the	supplemental	information	on	our	website	which	includes	the	context	and	criteria	(page	110)	for	each	indicator.

READ MORE>
Page	44	to	56

20

ASSURANCE REPORT 

INDEPENDENT ASSURANCE 
REPORT TO THE DIRECTORS 
OF EXXARO RESOURCES 
LIMITED

We have been engaged by the 
directors of Exxaro Resources 
Limited (“Exxaro” or the 
“Company”) to perform an 
assurance engagement in 
respect of Selected Sustainability 
Information reported in Exxaro’s 
Integrated Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2013 (the 
“Report”). This report is produced 
in accordance with the terms of our 
contract with the Company dated 
1 October 2013. 

Independence and expertise

We have complied with the 
International Federation of 
Accountants’ Code of Ethics 
for Professional Accountants, 
which includes comprehensive 
independence and other requirements 
founded on fundamental principles 
of integrity, objectivity, and 
professional competence and due 
care, confidentiality and professional 
behaviour. Our engagement was 
conducted by a multidisciplinary team 
of health, safety, environmental and 
assurance specialists with extensive 
experience in sustainability reporting.

Scope and subject matter

The subject matter of our 
engagement and the related levels 
of assurance that we are required to 
provide are as follows:

Reasonable assurance

The following identified sustainable 
development information in the 
Report (page 20) was selected for an 
expression of reasonable assurance:
•  Number of fatalities
•  Number of lost time injuries (LTIs) 

— employees and contractors 

•  Lost time injury frequency 

rate (LTIFR) — employees and 
contractors

•  Total diesel used (GJ) 
•  Total electricity used (GJ)
•  Total electricity efficiency  

(kWh/tonne)

•  Scope 2 emissions (CO2 tonnes) 
•  Number of integrated water use 
licences (IWUL) applications 
approved

•  Number of integrated water use 
licences (IWUL) applications 
pending

•  Procurement from HDSA 

suppliers (R-value and % spend of 
total procurement)

•  Employment Equity (total number 
of employees per race, gender 
and grade).

Limited assurance

The following identified sustainable 
development information in the 
Report (page 20) was selected for an 
expression of limited assurance:
•  Total number of people 

participating in voluntary 
counselling and testing (VCT) 
•  Number of employees tested 

positive for HIV — prevalence (%) 
•  Number of reported and accepted 

cases of Pneumoconiosis
•  Number of reported and 

accepted cases of Occupational 
Tuberculosis

•  Number of reported and 

accepted cases of Noise Induced 
Hearing Loss

•  Scope 1 emissions (CO2 tonnes) 
•  Scope 3 emissions (CO2 tonnes) 
•  Number of level 2 and 3 
environmental incidents
•  Total potable water (cubic 

meter m3)

•  Environmental fallout dust: 
Number of sites (single 
bucket points)

•  Environmental fallout dust: 

Number of months exceeding 
600mg/m2/day

•  Environmental fallout dust: 

Number of months exceeding 
1 200mg/m2/day

•  Disturbances versus land 
rehabilitation (hectares)

•  Total hazardous waste to legal 

landfill (tonnes).

We refer to this information as the 
Selected Sustainability Information.

We have not carried out any 
work on data reported for prior 
reporting periods, nor have we 
performed work in respect of future 
projections and targets. We have 
not conducted any work outside 
of the agreed scope and therefore 
restrict our opinion to the Selected 
Sustainability Information.

Respective responsibilities 
of the directors and 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

The directors of Exxaro are 
responsible for selection, 

preparation and presentation of the 
Selected Sustainability Information 
in accordance with the criteria set 
out in Exxaro’s internal corporate 
reporting policies and procedures 
on page 110 of the supplemental 
information collectively referred 
to as the “Reporting Criteria”. 
The directors of Exxaro are also 
responsible for such internal control 
as the directors determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation 
of the Selected Sustainability 
Information that are free from 
material misstatements, whether 
due to fraud or error. 

Our responsibility is to form an 
independent conclusion, based on our 
reasonable assurance procedures, 
on whether the Sustainability 
Information Selected for Reasonable 
Assurance has been prepared, in all 
material respects, in accordance with 
the Reporting Criteria.

We further have a responsibility to 
form an independent conclusion, 
based on our limited assurance 
procedures, on whether anything 
has come to our attention to 
indicate that the Sustainability 
Information Selected for Limited 
Assurance is not stated, in all 
material respects, in accordance 
with the Reporting Criteria.

This report, including the 
conclusions, has been prepared 
solely for the directors of the 
Company as a body, to assist 
the directors in reporting on the 
Company’s sustainable development 
performance and activities. 
We permit the disclosure of this 
report within the Report for the year 
ended 31 December 2013, to enable 
the directors to demonstrate they 
have discharged their governance 
responsibilities by commissioning 
an independent assurance report 
in connection with the Report. 
To the fullest extent permitted by 
law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than 
the directors as a body and the 
Company for our work or this report 
save where terms are expressly 
agreed and with our prior consent 
in writing.

21

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013ASSURANCE REPORT 
continued

Assurance work performed

We conducted our assurance 
engagement in accordance with 
International Standard on Assurance 
Engagements 3000 (ISAE 3000) — 
“Assurance Engagements other than 
Audits and Reviews of Historical 
Financial Information”, having 
regard to International Standard 
on Assurance Engagements 
3410 (ISAE 3410) – “Assurance 
Engagements on Greenhouse 
Gas Statement”, issued by the 
International Auditing and 
Assurance Standards Board. These 
standards require that we comply 
with ethical requirements and that 
we plan and perform the assurance 
engagement to obtain either 
reasonable or limited assurance 
on the Selected Sustainability 
Information as per the terms of our 
engagement.

Our work included examination, on 
a test basis, of evidence relevant 
to the Sustainability Information 
Selected for Reasonable Assurance. 
It also included an assessment 
of the significant estimates 
and judgements made by the 
directors in the preparation of the 
Sustainability Information Selected 
for Reasonable Assurance. We 
planned and performed our work so 
as to obtain all the information and 
explanations that we considered 
necessary in order to provide us 
with sufficient evidence on which to 
base our conclusion in respect of the 
Sustainability Information Selected 
for Reasonable Assurance.

Our work consisted of:
•  Reviewing processes that Exxaro 
have in place for determining 
the Selected Sustainability 
Information included in the 
Report

•  Obtaining an understanding of 
the systems used to generate, 
aggregate and report the 
Selected Sustainability 
Information

•  Conducting interviews with 

management at the sampled 
operations and at head office
•  Applying the assurance criteria 

in evaluating the data generation 
and reporting processes

•  Performing control walkthroughs
•  Testing the accuracy of data 

reported on a sample basis for 
limited and reasonable assurance

•  Reviewing the consolidation of the 
data at head office to obtain an 
understanding of the consistency 
of the reporting processes 
compared with prior years and to 
obtain explanations for deviations 
in performance trends
•  Reviewing the consistency 

between the Selected 
Sustainability Information 
and related statements in 
Exxaro’s Report.

A limited assurance engagement is 
substantially less in scope than a 
reasonable assurance engagement 
under ISAE 3000. Consequently, 
the nature, timing and extent 
of procedures for gathering 
sufficient appropriate evidence are 
deliberately limited relative to a 
reasonable assurance engagement, 
and therefore less assurance is 
obtained with a limited assurance 
engagement than for a reasonable 
assurance engagement.

The procedures selected depend 
on our judgement, including the 
assessment of the risk of material 
misstatement of the Selected 
Sustainability Information, whether 
due to fraud or error. In making 
those risk assessments, we consider 
internal control relevant to the 
Company’s preparation of the 
Selected Sustainability Information 
in order to design procedures 
that are appropriate in the 
circumstances.

We believe that the evidence we 
have obtained is sufficient and 
appropriate to provide a basis for 
our conclusions.

Inherent limitations

Non-financial performance 
information is subject to more 
inherent limitations than 
financial information, given the 
characteristics of the subject 
matter and the methods used 
for determining, calculating, 
sampling and estimating such 
information. The absence of a 
significant body of established 
practice on which to draw allows 
for the selection of different 
but acceptable measurement 
techniques which can result in 
materially different measurements 
and can impact comparability. 
Qualitative interpretations of 
relevance, materiality and the 
accuracy of data are subject 

to individual assumptions and 
judgements. The precision of 
different measurement techniques 
may also vary. Furthermore, 
the nature and methods used to 
determine such information, as well 
as the measurement criteria and 
the precision thereof, may change 
over time. 

In particular, conversion factors 
used to derive carbon emission 
performance information are based 
upon information and factors 
derived by independent third 
parties.

Conclusions

Reasonable assurance

Based on the results of our 
procedures, in our opinion, 
the Selected Sustainability 
Information selected for 
reasonable assurance for the 
year ended 31 December 2013, 
has been prepared, in all material 
respects, in accordance with the 
Reporting Criteria.

Limited assurance

Based on the results of our 
procedures, nothing has come 
to our attention that causes 
us to believe that the Selected 
Sustainability Information selected 
for limited assurance for the year 
ended 31 December 2013, has not 
been prepared, in all material 
respects, in accordance with the 
Reporting Criteria.

Other matters

The maintenance and integrity of 
Exxaro’s website is the responsibility 
of Exxaro’s management. Our 
procedures did not involve 
consideration of these matters 
and, accordingly we accept no 
responsibility for any changes to 
either the information in the Report 
or our independent assurance 
report that may have occurred since 
the initial date of presentation on 
Exxaro’s website.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.
Director: Marthie Crafford
Registered Auditor
Johannesburg

2 April 2014

22

Risk and 
compliance

2303

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013RISK AND COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT 
TO ENSURE EXXARO’S SUSTAINABILITY

Exxaro understands that risk 
and compliance run across our 
five sustainability capitals and 
that this needs to be managed 
at a strategic, tactical and 
operational level, using a 
consistent standardised approach 
to ensure we achieve our strategic 
objectives. 

Exxaro made great strides in 2013 
to embed a risk culture, where 
everybody in the organisation 
understands that the risks in their 
environment need to be managed 
to ensure we remain proactive in 
everything we do, whether we are 
making an investment decision 
or working at the coal face. This 
ensures we are resilient and can 
face the unique challenges of 

mining companies operating in 
an ever-changing economic and 
regulatory landscape. 

At Exxaro we manage compliance 
risks as part of business risk. 
This ensures the same diligence is 
applied when designing controls 
and action plans to ensure we 
remain compliant. This also means 
compliance controls are monitored 
through our combined assurance 
activities.

This enterprise risk management 
(ERM) methodology is followed 
across all functional areas and 
considers all hazards/root causes 
as well as all potential impacts 
(financial, operational, stakeholder, 
legal/compliance, safety, health 

and environment) that the risk 
event may trigger. 

Risk owners are established 
across all layers for every risk and 
take accountability for ensuring 
the appropriate risk strategy is 
implemented. Control owners 
are appointed for every control 
and report to risk owners on 
maintenance of controls and 
implementation of action plans.

BOARD DISCLOSURE

Please refer to principle 2.7 in 
the King III compliance report on 
page 73, as well as chapter 4 in the 
detailed King III report on the web.

•  Exco notes operational 

risk registers and compiles 
strategic risk profile 

•  SRC2 committee approves 
strategic risk register and 
notifies the board

•  Risk profile reported to 

stakeholders.

•  Reported monthly to project 
steering committee/region/
commodity to action 

•  Reported quarterly to Exco 

for noting.

•  Reported monthly to business 
unit management to action 

•  Reported quarterly to region 

and Exco for noting.

STRATEGIC
• Exco1 and board risk 
assessment, annually

TACTICAL
• Regional and commodity risk 
assessment, quarterly

• Project risk assessment, monthly

OPERATIONAL AT  
BUSINESS UNITS
• Baseline risk assessment, monthly 

• Continuous risk assessment

• Mini hazard identification and risk assessment (HIRA)

Standardised integrated risk functions and layers

1		 Executive	committee.
2	 Sustainability,	risk	and	compliance.

24

2013 ACHIEVEMENTS

Reflecting on 2013

Achieved (yes/no) Comment

Rolling out the technology enabler to all 
business units, regional offices, corporate 
office and service functions throughout 
the year

Risk review sessions

Establishing risk appetite levels per strategic 
objective for the company and obtaining board 
approval

Risk aggregation and risk escalation policy 
established 

Updating ERM framework

Linking key performance indicators (KPIs*) and 
key risk indicators (KRIs**) to management 
performance contracts

Yes

•  Awarded first prize by the Institute of Risk 

Management of Southern Africa for the best IT risk 
implementation in 2013

•  All users received customised face-to-face training at 

corporate office and their business units

•  Reports submitted to executive committee and SRC 

directly from system to ensure transparency

•  Quarterly risk review sessions conducted at all 

business units and annual session conducted with 
executive committee

•  Refer to page 33. Risk appetite framework to be 

approved in 2014

•  Methodology established, but not documented

•  Document reviewed and updated, risk terminology 

aligned to technology enabler terminology

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

In progress

•  Risk owners for all risks, augmented by KPIs at 

Conducting a risk maturity assessment

Conducting compliance reviews on all activities 
with an environmental impact

Compiling compliance risk management plans 
enabled by new risk management enabler 

No

Yes

Yes

strategic level, identified. This will now be linked to 
individual performance contracts

•  Risk appetite framework contains key risk indicators 
for every material performance area, articulated as 
risk thresholds

•  Risk maturity assessment is scheduled for June 2014

•  Environmental legal audit reports issued to business 

units and corrective actions under way

•  Compliance risk management plans compiled, and 

will now be rolled out through control self-assessment 
questionnaires

*	 Key	performance	indicator	is	the	unit	of	measure	to	monitor	both	achievement	of	our	strategic	objectives	and	our	material	issues/risks,	eg	carbon	footprint.
**	 Key	risk	indicator	is	the	variance	of	the	unit	of	measure	to	monitor	the	risk,	eg	target	is	to	be	carbon	neutral	and	worst	tolerable	is	1%	CO2e	reduction	per	annum.

LOOKING FORWARD 2014

The following activities are planned for 2014

•  The board to review and approve detailed risk tolerance levels
•  Upgrading our risk management enabler to the newest version
•  Implementing the SHEC risk management enabler and rolling it out to the 

business units

•  Conducting risk review sessions within the updated technology enabler
•  Rolling out the risk appetite framework to business units 
•  Monitoring and reviewing risk thresholds to ensure operations function within the 

board-approved framework

•  Reviewing and updating the ERM framework
•  Linking key performance indicators (KPIs) and key risk indicators (KRIs)  

to management’s performance contracts 
•  Conducting a risk maturity self-assessment
•  Conducting mining right audits for all operations.

OUTCOME

The detailed table overleaf illustrates Exxaro’s top strategic risks as considered by the board. We use a top-down 
and bottom-up risk review approach where business unit risks, external risks as well as local and global risk survey 
information become input for the strategic layer.

25

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013Residual 

Sustainability 

risk trend

capital

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

Financial

•  Core operating margin (%) 

Combined 

assurance (line*)

Line 3

•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS

•  Number of fatalities 

•  Lost-time injury frequency rate (months without a fatality)

Financial

•  People productivity of current assets (production tonnes/full-time 

Line 3

•  People productivity of current assets (total tonnes handled/full-time 

employee)

employee)

•  Annualised return on capital employed (ROCE) (%)

•  Core operating margin (%)

•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS

•  Lost-time injury frequency rate (months without a fatality)

•  Stoppage directives (including MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)

RISK AND COMPLIANCE

SUMMARY OF TOP RISKS

Strategic  
focus area

Portfolio 
and financial 
performance

1

2

Portfolio 
and financial 
performance

Unable to meet 
production 
demands

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

Key dependency 
on customers

•  Legal and 
compliance
•  Operations
•  Safety
•  Financial

•  Operational 
•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations

•  Broadening local and international customer base
•  Establishment of rehabilitation trust fund
•  Regular liaison with Eskom
•  Renegotiation of Medupi coal-supply agreement

•  Accelerate business improvement projects currently 

running

•  Conduct more accurate geological studies
•  Performance and consequence management
•  Maintain the stockpile threshold
•  Develop condition-based budget model feeding from  

life-of-mine plan

•  Improve maintenance and asset management
•  Ongoing capital infrastructure planning aligned to strategy

3

Developing 
leadership and 
people

Safety concerns •  Safety

•  Analyse historical incident data to identify trends to get to 

Human

•  Number of fatalities 

Line 3

•  Operations
•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations

root causes

•  Continuously report incidents
•  Continuously review industry benchmark on safety
•  Implement robust preventive maintenance processes 

and systems

•  Invest in education, training, communication and behaviour-

based safety programmes

•  Use predictive modelling techniques to develop prevention 

strategies

•  Active and constant interaction with government to speed 

Social

•  Number of authorisations outstanding

Line 1

up approvals

•  Build strong relationships with government
•  Close communication with communities and other 

affected parties

•  Develop communication plan that quickly disseminates 

changes to operations

•  Improve speed of mine planning to match price volatility
•  Match commodity prices to customer base
•  Negotiate long-term, fixed-price contracts

•  Establish public-private partnerships
•  Liaise through Chamber of Mines with government
•  Link water-intensity targets to performance targets

Financial

•  Core HEPS (cps) – short-term target

N/A

•  Annualised ROCE (%)

•  Core operating margin (%)

•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS 

Natural

•  Water intensity (% improvement)

4

5

6

Responsibility 
and  
accountability

Government 
bureaucracy

•  Strategic
•  Financial
•  Project delays
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Legal and 
compliance

•  Human resources

Portfolio 
and financial 
performance

Commodity 
price volatility

•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations

Responsibility 
and  
accountability

Unavailability 
of water

•  Strategic
•  Financial
•  Project delays
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Legal and 
compliance

Key

Description

Current	residual	risk	rating	increased.

Current	residual	risk	rating	decreased.

A	new	top	15	risk	was	identified.

26

SUMMARY OF TOP RISKS

Strategic  

focus area

1

Portfolio 

and financial 

performance

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

Key dependency 

•  Legal and 

on customers

compliance

•  Broadening local and international customer base

•  Establishment of rehabilitation trust fund

•  Regular liaison with Eskom

•  Renegotiation of Medupi coal-supply agreement

and financial 

performance

production 

demands

•  Operations

•  Safety

•  Financial

•  Financial

•  Stakeholder 

relations

running

•  Conduct more accurate geological studies

•  Performance and consequence management

•  Maintain the stockpile threshold

•  Develop condition-based budget model feeding from  

life-of-mine plan

•  Improve maintenance and asset management

•  Ongoing capital infrastructure planning aligned to strategy

leadership and 

people

•  Operations

•  Financial

•  Stakeholder 

relations

root causes

•  Continuously report incidents

•  Continuously review industry benchmark on safety

•  Implement robust preventive maintenance processes 

•  Invest in education, training, communication and behaviour-

based safety programmes

•  Use predictive modelling techniques to develop prevention 

and systems

strategies

up approvals

•  Build strong relationships with government

•  Close communication with communities and other 

affected parties

5

Portfolio 

and financial 

performance

Commodity 

price volatility

•  Financial

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Develop communication plan that quickly disseminates 

changes to operations

•  Improve speed of mine planning to match price volatility

•  Match commodity prices to customer base

•  Negotiate long-term, fixed-price contracts

6

Responsibility 

Unavailability 

•  Establish public-private partnerships

and  

accountability

of water

•  Project delays

•  Link water-intensity targets to performance targets

•  Liaise through Chamber of Mines with government

•  Project delays

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

•  Human resources

•  Strategic

•  Financial

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

2

Portfolio 

Unable to meet 

•  Operational 

•  Accelerate business improvement projects currently 

Financial

•  People productivity of current assets (production tonnes/full-time 

Line 3

Residual 
risk trend

Sustainability 
capital

Financial

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

•  Core operating margin (%) 
•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS
•  Number of fatalities 
•  Lost-time injury frequency rate (months without a fatality)

Combined 
assurance (line*)

Line 3

3

Developing 

Safety concerns •  Safety

•  Analyse historical incident data to identify trends to get to 

Human

employee)

•  People productivity of current assets (total tonnes handled/full-time 

employee)

•  Annualised return on capital employed (ROCE) (%)
•  Core operating margin (%)
•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS

•  Number of fatalities 
•  Lost-time injury frequency rate (months without a fatality)
•  Stoppage directives (including MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)

Line 3

4

Responsibility 

and  

accountability

Government 

bureaucracy

•  Strategic

•  Financial

•  Active and constant interaction with government to speed 

Social

•  Number of authorisations outstanding

Line 1

Financial

•  Core HEPS (cps) – short-term target
•  Annualised ROCE (%)
•  Core operating margin (%)
•  Compound annual growth rate, based on core HEPS 

N/A

Natural

•  Water intensity (% improvement)

27

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013RISK AND COMPLIANCE 
continued

Strategic  
focus area

7 Operational 

excellence

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

Infrastructure 
capacity, 
access, 
development 
and funding

•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations 

•  Collaborate with government stakeholders to improve and 

initiate new infrastructure

•  Identify other stakeholders to co-develop a solution and 

•  Human resources

extend infrastructure

8

Portfolio 
and financial 
performance

Competitiveness 
of assets (cost/
tonne)

•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Operations

•  Regular liaison with Transnet Freight Rail, Richards Bay 

Coal Terminal and other stakeholders

•  Understand return on infrastructure and consider 

appropriate funding

•  Assign management accountants as business partners in 

relevant areas

•  Create strategic joint ventures to optimise economies 

of scale

•  Focus on sustainable cost-reduction programmes/business 

improvement initiatives

•  Focus on business unit’s controllable efficiencies
•  Increased awareness of cost management
•  Investigate and divest non-core assets
•  Rebalance product chains to better use infrastructure 

(integrated logistics)

Residual 

Sustainability 

risk trend

capital

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

Manufactured

•  Growth from coal commodities (Mt) 

Combined 

assurance (line*)

•  Project delivery measure (time and cost variance from plan)

•  Country risk as per assessment criteria (key drivers physical security 

and security of tenure)

•  Growth from coal commodities (Mt)

•  Annualised ROCE (%)

Financial

•  Core operating margin (%)

•  Services cost as % of total operating cost 

•  Annualised ROCE (%)

9

Responsibility 
and  
accountability

State 
intervention in 
mining sector

•  Strategic
•  Financial
•  Human resources
•  Legal and 
compliance

•  Be prepared to diversify (commodity mix and 

geographical areas)

•  Ensure effective stakeholder relations
•  Increase transparency of payments to governments
•  Participate in Chamber of Mines discussions and 

give inputs

•  Partner with state-owned enterprises
•  Work with multilateral agencies and other stakeholders 

(illustrate nationalism negatives)

Social

•  Annualised return on equity based on core headline earnings (%)

•  Financial impact modelling of regulatory changes

•  Core operating margin

•  Mining charter per site

•  BBBEE level

10 Operational 

excellence

Capital project 
execution

•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations

•  Disciplined execution of value engineering study review
•  Asset portfolio review and management
•  Encourage a culture to report both successes and failures 

•  Project delays

(lessons learnt)

Manufactured

•  Project delivery measure (time and cost variance from plan)

Line 3

•  Individual projects’ return on investment (ROI), measured by  

risk-adjusted weighted average cost of capital (WACC) 

•  Country risk assessment

•  Establish contingency plan (plan B)
•  Implement advanced assurance frameworks (independent 

review and oversight)

•  Monitor and track progress of capital projects
•  Ensure project and supply chain performance is monitored 

and managed

•  Establish a robust governance structure
•  Improve capex forecast accuracy

•  Compulsory inductions to all personnel and visitors
•  Conduct environmental management programme (EMPr) 

assessments

•  Ensure internal incident reporting
•  Liaise with authorities regularly
•  Perform environmental legal audits regularly  

(self-assessments)

•  Communicate updates on legal changes
•  Provide regular compliance awareness training

11 Responsibility 

and  
accountability

Compliance to 
environmental 
legislation

•  Financial 
•  Environmental
•  Reputational
•  Operations
•  Legal and 
compliance

Key

Description

Current	residual	risk	rating	increased.

Current	residual	risk	rating	decreased.

A	new	top	15	risk	was	identified.

28

Natural

•  Reportable cases of environmental incidents

Line 3

•  Stoppage directives (including MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)

•  Environmental authorisations 

•  Environmental liability provisions (in place and adequate)

•  Environmental authorisations’ compliance to conditions

•  Carbon footprint

Strategic  

focus area

excellence

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

7 Operational 

Infrastructure 

•  Financial

•  Collaborate with government stakeholders to improve and 

capacity, 

access, 

development 

and funding

•  Stakeholder 

relations 

initiate new infrastructure

•  Identify other stakeholders to co-develop a solution and 

•  Human resources

extend infrastructure

•  Regular liaison with Transnet Freight Rail, Richards Bay 

Coal Terminal and other stakeholders

•  Understand return on infrastructure and consider 

appropriate funding

and financial 

performance

of assets (cost/

tonne)

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Operations

relevant areas

of scale

•  Create strategic joint ventures to optimise economies 

•  Focus on sustainable cost-reduction programmes/business 

improvement initiatives

•  Focus on business unit’s controllable efficiencies

•  Increased awareness of cost management

•  Investigate and divest non-core assets

•  Rebalance product chains to better use infrastructure 

(integrated logistics)

9

Responsibility 

State 

and  

accountability

intervention in 

mining sector

•  Strategic

•  Financial

•  Be prepared to diversify (commodity mix and 

geographical areas)

•  Human resources

•  Ensure effective stakeholder relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

•  Increase transparency of payments to governments

•  Participate in Chamber of Mines discussions and 

give inputs

•  Partner with state-owned enterprises

•  Work with multilateral agencies and other stakeholders 

(illustrate nationalism negatives)

•  Establish contingency plan (plan B)

•  Implement advanced assurance frameworks (independent 

review and oversight)

•  Monitor and track progress of capital projects

•  Ensure project and supply chain performance is monitored 

and managed

•  Establish a robust governance structure

•  Improve capex forecast accuracy

11 Responsibility 

and  

Compliance to 

environmental 

accountability

legislation

•  Financial 

•  Compulsory inductions to all personnel and visitors

•  Environmental

•  Conduct environmental management programme (EMPr) 

•  Reputational

•  Operations

•  Legal and 

compliance

assessments

•  Ensure internal incident reporting

•  Liaise with authorities regularly

•  Perform environmental legal audits regularly  

(self-assessments)

•  Communicate updates on legal changes

•  Provide regular compliance awareness training

8

Portfolio 

Competitiveness 

•  Financial

•  Assign management accountants as business partners in 

Financial

•  Core operating margin (%)
•  Services cost as % of total operating cost 
•  Annualised ROCE (%)

Residual 
risk trend

Sustainability 
capital

Manufactured

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

•  Growth from coal commodities (Mt) 
•  Project delivery measure (time and cost variance from plan)
•  Country risk as per assessment criteria (key drivers physical security 

and security of tenure)

•  Growth from coal commodities (Mt)
•  Annualised ROCE (%)

Combined 
assurance (line*)

10 Operational 

Capital project 

•  Financial

•  Disciplined execution of value engineering study review

excellence

execution

•  Stakeholder 

•  Asset portfolio review and management

relations

•  Encourage a culture to report both successes and failures 

•  Project delays

(lessons learnt)

Manufactured

•  Project delivery measure (time and cost variance from plan)
•  Individual projects’ return on investment (ROI), measured by  

risk-adjusted weighted average cost of capital (WACC) 

Line 3

•  Country risk assessment

Social

•  Annualised return on equity based on core headline earnings (%)
•  Core operating margin
•  Financial impact modelling of regulatory changes
•  Mining charter per site
•  BBBEE level

Natural

•  Reportable cases of environmental incidents
•  Stoppage directives (including MHSA, MPRDA, NWA and NEMA)
•  Environmental authorisations 
•  Environmental liability provisions (in place and adequate)
•  Environmental authorisations’ compliance to conditions
•  Carbon footprint

Line 3

29

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013Residual 

Sustainability 

risk trend

capital

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

Social

•  Mining charter, per site 

•  BBBEE level

Combined 

assurance (line*)

Line 3

Natural

•  Compliance to conditions of environmental authorisations

Line 3

•  Environmental liability provisions (in place and adequate)

Natural

•  Environmental liability provision

Social

•  Mining charter, per site

Line 3

•  BBBEE level

•  Organisational culture assessment

RISK AND COMPLIANCE 
continued

Strategic  
focus area

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

12 Responsibility 

and  
accountability

Maintain social 
licence to 
operate

13 Developing 

leadership and 
people

Mine 
rehabilitation

•  Financial
•  Reputational
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Legal and 
compliance
•  Operations

•  Financial
•  Environmental
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Legal and 
compliance
•  Operations

14 Responsibility 

and  
accountability

Inability to 
accurately 
determine 
financial closure 
obligations (cost 
of closure)

•  Financial
•  Environmental
•  Stakeholder 
relations
•  Legal and 
compliance

•  Conduct SLP audits
•  Proactive involvement in sustainable socio-economic 

development initiatives

•  Adhere as a minimum to commitments in SLPs
•  Pursue identified initiatives to progressively improve 

Exxaro’s BBBEE rating

•  Report on mining charter requirements (external 

and internal)

•  Report on SLP requirements (external and internal)

•  Complete legacy projects
•  Conduct awareness and training
•  Manage rehabilitation trust jointly with Eskom
•  Undertake rehabilitation calculations and create 

accounting provision

•  Ensure insurance covers are in place
•  Establish rehabilitation programmes
•  Issue appropriate guarantees to DMR
•  Update EMPr to align with activities on the mine

•  EMPr extension for mining footprint
•  Independent consultants to conduct annual closure 

cost assessments

•  Ongoing consultation with authorities

15 Responsibility 

Labour unrest

and  
accountability

•  Safety
•  Operations
•  Financial
•  Stakeholder 
relations

•  Ensure proper leadership and high-performance culture
•  Ensure emergency stockpile is maintained (business 

continuity management plan)

•  Establish strike emergency response plan and team
•  Monitor execution of SLPs
•  Participate in Chamber of Mines forum
•  Regular communication to employees and communities
•  Regular labour and union liaison

Key
MHSA	=	Mine	Health	and	Safety	Act	No	29	of	1986.
MPRDA	=	Minerals	and	Petroleum	Resources	Development	Act	No	28	of	2002.
NWA	=	National	Water	Act	No	36	of	1998.
NEMA	=	National	Environmental	Management	Act	No	107	of	1998.

Key

Description

Current	residual	risk	rating	increased.

Current	residual	risk	rating	decreased.

A	new	top	15	risk	was	identified.

*	 Line	1	—	Management	review.

Line	2	—	Internal	assurance	such	as	review	by	corporate	service	department	as	subject	matter	expert	over	a	risk	at	a	business	unit.
Line	3	—	Independent	assurance.

30

	
	
Strategic  

focus area

Risk name

Potential impact

Critical controls

12 Responsibility 

Maintain social 

•  Financial

•  Conduct SLP audits

and  

licence to 

accountability

operate

•  Reputational

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

•  Operations

•  Proactive involvement in sustainable socio-economic 

development initiatives

•  Adhere as a minimum to commitments in SLPs

•  Pursue identified initiatives to progressively improve 

Exxaro’s BBBEE rating

•  Report on mining charter requirements (external 

and internal)

•  Report on SLP requirements (external and internal)

13 Developing 

Mine 

•  Financial

•  Complete legacy projects

leadership and 

rehabilitation

•  Environmental

•  Conduct awareness and training

people

•  Stakeholder 

•  Manage rehabilitation trust jointly with Eskom

•  Undertake rehabilitation calculations and create 

relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

•  Operations

accounting provision

•  Ensure insurance covers are in place

•  Establish rehabilitation programmes

•  Issue appropriate guarantees to DMR

•  Update EMPr to align with activities on the mine

14 Responsibility 

and  

accountability

Inability to 

accurately 

determine 

•  Financial

•  EMPr extension for mining footprint

•  Environmental

•  Independent consultants to conduct annual closure 

cost assessments

•  Ongoing consultation with authorities

financial closure 

obligations (cost 

of closure)

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Legal and 

compliance

and  

accountability

•  Operations

•  Financial

•  Stakeholder 

relations

•  Ensure emergency stockpile is maintained (business 

continuity management plan)

•  Establish strike emergency response plan and team

•  Monitor execution of SLPs

•  Participate in Chamber of Mines forum

•  Regular communication to employees and communities

•  Regular labour and union liaison

Key

MHSA	=	Mine	Health	and	Safety	Act	No	29	of	1986.

MPRDA	=	Minerals	and	Petroleum	Resources	Development	Act	No	28	of	2002.

NWA	=	National	Water	Act	No	36	of	1998.

NEMA	=	National	Environmental	Management	Act	No	107	of	1998.

Key

Description

Current	residual	risk	rating	increased.

Current	residual	risk	rating	decreased.

A	new	top	15	risk	was	identified.

*	 Line	1	—	Management	review.

Line	3	—	Independent	assurance.

Line	2	—	Internal	assurance	such	as	review	by	corporate	service	department	as	subject	matter	expert	over	a	risk	at	a	business	unit.

Residual 
risk trend

Sustainability 
capital

Key performance indicators (KPIs)*

Social

•  Mining charter, per site 
•  BBBEE level

Combined 
assurance (line*)

Line 3

Natural

•  Compliance to conditions of environmental authorisations
•  Environmental liability provisions (in place and adequate)

Line 3

Natural

•  Environmental liability provision

15 Responsibility 

Labour unrest

•  Safety

•  Ensure proper leadership and high-performance culture

Social

•  Mining charter, per site
•  BBBEE level
•  Organisational culture assessment

Line 3

RISKS

80%  
have external root causes

60%  
have people as root cause

27%  
are compliance-related risks

BREAKDOWN PER 
STRATEGIC THEME
•  Responsibility and 

accountability — 54%

•  Developing leadership and 

people — 13%

•  Operational and financial 

excellence — 13%

•  Commodity portfolio — 20%.

SUSTAINABILITY CAPITALS: SPREAD OF RISKS

•  Natural capital — 27%

•  Human capital — 13%

•  Social capital — 27%

•  Manufactured capital — 13%

•  Financial capital — 20%.

31

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013	
	
RISK AND COMPLIANCE
continued

Heat map

The Exxaro heat map is designed 
to indicate high-impact/low-
probability risks as red to 
emphasise that, should any 
of these risks materialise, it 
would have an extreme impact 
on the organisation and need 
to be monitored and reviewed 

constantly. The same applies to 
high-probability/low-impact risks 
which are indicated in yellow as 
they occur frequently and need to 
be managed. The controls related 
to these risks are considered 
critical and need to be monitored 
and reviewed constantly in line 
with the combined assurance 
approach.

The heat map below illustrates 
Exxaro’s top strategic risks as 
shown on page 26 inherently 
(before any controls) as well as 
residually (after controls) identified 
through our ERM process as 
approved by the board.

Figures in each heat map reflect 
the number of risks in that 
quadrant.

Inherent risk rating

Residual risk rating

t
s
o
m
A

l

n

i

a
t
r
e
c

%
0
0

1
-
1

8

y

l

e
k

i

L

%
0
8
-
1
6

e

l

b

i
s
s
o
P

%
0
6
-
6
3

e
k

i
l

n
U

%
5
3
-
1
1

e
r
a
R

%
0

1
-
1

2

5

5

3

t
s
o
m
A

l

n

i

a
t
r
e
c

%
0
0

1
-
1

8

y

l

e
k

i

L

%
0
8
-
1
6

e

l

b

i
s
s
o
P

%
0
6
-
6
3

e
k

i
l

n
U

%
5
3
-
1
1

e
r
a
R

%
0

1
-
1

3

5

3

4

Negligible
1-10

Moderate
11-35

High
36-60

High
61-80

Extreme
81-100

Negligible
1-10

Moderate
11-35

High
36-60

High
61-80

Extreme
81-100

Impact

Impact

Probability legend*

Impact legend*

Factor

> 80-100

> 61-80

> 36-60

> 10-35

< and = 10

Description

Almost certain

Likely

Possible

Unlikely

Rare

Factor

> 80-100

> 61-80

> 36-60

> 10-35

< and = 10

Description

Extreme

Major

High

Moderate

Negligible

*	 Colours	will	not	correlate	with	the	heat	map,	as	the	heat	map	assists	in	prioritisation	of	risks.

32

 
 
Risk appetite

Risk appetite answers the question 
”how much risk do we take as a 
group?” This will ensure decisions 
are made after considering 
quantifiable, impartial measures 
in pursuit of strategic objectives, 
and that we take calculated risk in 
making decisions.

Exxaro’s philosophy on risk 
management has always been 
not to entrench a compliance-
driven approach but to view risk 
management as a strategic enabler 
to ensure that we think and act 
proactively at every layer in pursuit 
of our objectives. 

In selecting the appropriate 
methodology to determine our 
approach in developing the risk 
appetite framework, this was taken 
into account. The purpose of the 
methodology is to ensure that risk 
appetite has an external proxy, 
one that is objective — something 
that can be seen and measured 
impartially. This is more commonly 
known as risk thresholds — external 
expressions of our risk appetite.

Risk thresholds were set in 2013 
for every strategic objective and, 
in aggregate, they reflect the risk 
appetite of Exxaro. The following 
process was used:

•  Interviews with the executive 

committee and key information 
owners in senior management, 
based on strategic objectives 
categorised according to our 
five capitals 

•  The outcome was a set of 

themes relating to Exxaro’s 
biggest inherent risk exposures 
which were linked to a specific 
sustainability capital. These 
themes were coupled with a 
set of performance measures 
indicating a target (the measure 
that will lead us to achieving our 
strategic objectives) with a best-
realistic (where are we now) and 
worst-tolerable variance.

Extract of the risk appetite framework

Strategic theme 

Sustainable capital Measure

Worst tolerable*

Best realistic*

Target*

Responsibility and 
accountability

Natural

Responsibility and 
accountability

Natural

Responsibility and 
accountability

Human

Responsibility and 
accountability

Social

Responsibility and 
accountability

Social

Operational 
excellence

Manufactured

Reportable cases 
of environmental 
incidents

Carbon footprint

Fatalities (months 
without a fatality)

Ownership – group

Mining charter, 
per site and 
element indicating 
compliance (%)

Country risk as per 
assessment criteria 
(key drivers are 
physical security 
and security of 
tenure)

Any reportable 
incident 
>R500 000

No significant 
reportable incident 
(>R500 000 cost)

No reportable 
incident
(R10 000-500 000)

1% CO2e reduction 
per annum

5% CO2e reduction 
per annum

Carbon neutral 
by 2030

<12

26%

>24

52%

100%

100%

Indefinite

26%

100%

Go-countries

Go-countries

Go-countries

*	

	Target	(the	measure	that	will	lead	us	to	achieving	our	strategic	objectives),	best-realistic	(where	we	aim	to	be)	and	a	worst-tolerable	variance	(the	worst	we	are	prepared	
to	accept).

Materialised risks

Only one strategic risk materialised in 2013 with a concomitant impact on Exxaro:

Risk materialised

Financial impact 
from damages

Financial impact 
due to additional 
services rendered

Financial impact 
from tonnes lost Comments

Labour unrest

R384 703

R2 469 100

2 167kt Strategies were implemented to recover 
lost tonnes. Responses to mitigate and 
reduce the impact of this risk occurring 
in future are in place (refer to risk 15: 
labour unrest)

33

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013RISK AND COMPLIANCE
continued

COMBINED ASSURANCE

In 2013, Exxaro continued to embed combined assurance and ensure its activities are risk-based. A number of 
initiatives were implemented to improve our combined assurance process to ensure key controls are monitored 
and users understand the need to link assurance with their risk profiles. 

Work to date has given Exxaro a holistic picture of material issues that need to be addressed to improve internal 
control systems in the business. 

Please refer to our website and principle 3.5 of the King III compliance report for more details.

Highlights – FY13

Challenges – FY13

Establishment of combined assurance forum to coordinate 
assurance activities and monitor implementation of annual 
coverage plan

Some combined assurance activities continued outside 
the approved average plan which resulted in duplicated 
resources

Completion of specific phases of the assurance review which 
uncovered significant issues on assurance management in 
the company

Embedding the combined assurance framework and 
process, largely role clarity for assurance lines of defence*

Enhanced process of developing integrated audit assurance 
coverage plan by sourcing information directly associated 
with risk profiles of the company

Timely implementation of outcomes and recommendations 
of assurance reviews and developing relevant actions to 
address deficiencies

Rolling out issue tracking management tool to record, 
manage and report on action plans

*	 Line	1	—	Management	review.

Line	2	—	Internal	assurance	such	as	review	by	corporate	service	department	as	subject	matter	expert	over	a	risk	at	a	business	unit.
Line	3	—	Independent	assurance.

Statistical report of SHEC assurance assessments: FY13

Risks

Arnot SHEC risks

Grootegeluk SHEC risks

Inyanda SHEC risks

Leeuwpan SHEC risk

NBC SHEC risks

Number 
of risks

No 
assurance

Limited 
assurance

Adequate 
assurance

Over-
assurance

5

3

2

1

3

14

2

0

0

0

0

2

2

2

0

0

2

6

1

1

2

0

1

5

0

0

0

1

0

1

No	assurance	provided.
Some	assurance	provided	(but	room	for	improvement).
Appropriate	assurance	provided	regularly.
Over-assurance	provided	(cost	and	effort	outweighs	the	benefit).

Total

Key

Status		
No	assurance	
Limited	assurance	
Adequate	assurance	
Over-assurance	

34

	
	
	
Major assurance assessment and results 

As the combined assurance process gains momentum, Exxaro commissioned a third line of defence review on key 
areas that link directly to our strategic focus. The intent was to assess the adequacy and effectiveness of systems 
of internal control to comply with applicable rules and regulations.

Assurance 
area

Assurance 
providers 

Mining charter  E&Y

Focus 
area 

Results/
outcomes 

Framework/standards 
Exxaro complies with 

Compliance to 2012 mining 
charter targets

•  Grootegeluk 

mine 

•  Matla mine 
•  Leeuwpan 

mine

DMR mining charter scorecard 
aligned to the amendment of the 
broad-based socio-economic 
empowerment charter for 
the South African mining and 
minerals industry (September 
2010). Section 100(2)(a) of the 
MPRDA provides for a mining 
charter to give effect to the 
provisions of this act

Broad-Based Black Economic 
Empowerment Act No 53 of 
2003) Codes of good practice

•  Risk management 
•  Material issues 
•  Combined assurance 

framework 

•  Global Reporting Initiative 

(GRI) 

•  United Nations Global 
Compact (UNGC)

Framework was developed 
by KPMG

•  EMPr compiled in terms 

of MPRDA 

•  National Water Act
•  NEMA

BBBEE 

SizweNtsalubaGobodo 

Corporate office  Level 4 contribution status 
for FY12 

Sustainability 
KPIs

PwC

•  Grootegeluk 

mine 

•  Matla mine 

Social return 
on investment 
(SROI) for 
community 
projects 

Environmental 
legal audit 

KPMG

All business 
units

EoH Legal Services 

All business 
units

Compliance and 
performance against 
selected sustainability KPIs 
Assessment: Improvements 
were noted where number 
of findings/observations 
have reduced from 2012. 
There are still areas that 
require some attention. 

An average SROI index 
>1,30 (all values over 1,00 
have a positive return on 
investment)

Legal audit conducted 
in Q4 2013 with scope 
covering compliance to 
conditions stipulated in 
environmental licences of 
businesses. Assessment: 
finalisation and sign-off of 
reports took longer than 
expected and, as a result, 
the consolidated final report 
will be presented to the 
audit committee in 2014

Targets for FY14

•  Engage business units, regions and corporate office to take ownership of the assurance process
•  Process owners to address shortcomings identified in combined assurance review to date and integrate their 

actions on issue tracking management tool

•  Roll out initiatives to embed combined assurance across the company from business units to corporate office
•  Strengthen combined assurance forum and continuously engage key stakeholders
•  Continuously align the outcomes of combined assurance reviews with risk management efforts to redirect the 

business to risks that require attention.

35

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013ACCOLADES AND AWARDS

Sustainability 

Frost & Sullivan 2013 award for visionary 
innovation 

Leadership and people

Top Employers Institute

Corporate Secretaries International 
Association

Deloitte Best Company To Work For

This is one of several best-practice accolades that Frost & Sullivan conveys 
on companies demonstrating outstanding achievement and superior 
performance in areas such as leadership, technological innovation, customer 
service and strategic product development. Exxaro was the only company 
in the mining and minerals industry to receive an award for its achievements 
in four key areas when benchmarked against competitors: 
•  Understanding and leveraging mega trends
•  Vision integration into strategy excellence
•  Efficacy of innovation process
•  Degree of impact on business and society

First place for a mining company 
The Top Employers Institute certifies excellence in conditions employers 
create for their people to grow and develop

Exxaro’s group company secretary appointed president

Second place for a mining company
Exxaro earned a Standard of Excellence Award in the 2012 survey. We are 
exceptionally proud of this achievement, which was a 2016 target that we 
reached four years early. Exxaro enters this survey every two years

Afrikaanse Handelsinstituut 

Exxaro’s CEO received the MS Louw award for business leadership

Integrated reporting

EY Excellence in Integrated Reporting 2013

Nkonki Top 100 integrated reporting 
awards 2013

Dow Jones sustainability index 2013

Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) 2013

Top 10
Exxaro has featured consistently in this respected survey of integrated 
reports by South Africa’s top 100 JSE-listed companies and top 10 state-
owned companies

Exxaro was first in the basic materials category, received an Excellence 
award and ranked third overall in the Top 10 category. Reflecting steady 
improvement in the quality of its integrated disclosure, Exxaro’s 2013 ranking 
compares to 28th position in 2010

Exxaro was included on this prestigious index for the first time
Launched in 1999, these were the first global indices tracking the financial 
performance of leading sustainability-driven companies worldwide. Inclusion 
is determined by an integrated assessment of economic, environmental and 
social criteria with a strong focus on long-term shareholder value

Exxaro continued to perform in the annual CDP: 
•  The carbon disclosure leadership index (CDLI) measures transparency and 
data management for the emission of greenhouse gases. Exxaro achieved 
a CDLI score of 100 in 2012 – the first such score for South Africa. 
This year the group achieved a score of 97

•  The carbon performance leadership index (CPLI) assesses how companies 

incorporate emissions reductions into their strategies and meet their 
emissions reduction targets. Exxaro scored a B in this category in 2012 
and again in 2013, placing the company among global leaders

Risk management

South African Institute for Risk Management 
(IRMSA) risk management awards

First place for best implementation of a risk management information system 
(SAP GRC10.0)

36

Stakeholders

3704

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013STAKEHOLDERS

At Exxaro, we believe our 
organisation’s success in achieving 
our strategy depends on positive 
relationships with those who have 
a direct and indirect stake in our 
business. Effective and mutually 
beneficial relationships help in 
building an enabling environment 
for the business to succeed 
while meeting the needs and 
expectations of stakeholders.

This makes stakeholder 
engagement a critical part of 
executing our business strategy. 
Good stakeholder engagement 
makes Exxaro perform better. 
It increases our knowledge 
and contributes to our licence 
to operate. 

We strive to create the kind of 
relationship where both parties 
take each other’s best interests 
to heart, and work to achieve 
the best-possible outcome for 
each other. 

These relationships vary over time 
and between different stakeholder 
groups, but our aim is to build long-
term associations that are in line 
with our long-term strategy.

When we engage with 
stakeholders, our strategy is the 
framework for communication. It 
is through this communication that 
we are able to establish what each 

OUR STAKEHOLDERS 
SET THE CONTEXT 
WITHIN WHICH WE 
OPERATE

38

stakeholder needs most and how we can meet those needs, how best to 
promote our purpose as a business and solicit support, identify trade-offs 
and create a shared vision and values.

Our stakeholders set the context within which we operate; without 
stakeholder engagement, we cannot operate a sustainable business.

How stakeholder engagement fits into the business is best understood 
by viewing it as one of three corners of a triangle (see our business 
philosophy model on page 8. 

WHO ARE STAKEHOLDERS?

Our stakeholders are clustered in the following categories:

Employees

Government and regulators

•  Full-time and contractors
•  Unions 
•  Management and board

•  Various departments 
•  State-owned entities
•  JSE
•  South African Reserve Bank

Communities

•  Near operations

Shareholders and debt providers

•  Empowerment shareholders
•  Investors
•  Anglo American plc

Customers and suppliers

•  Supply chain constituents

Interest groups, NGOs

•  Federation for Sustainable Environment

Media 

APPROACH

Exxaro strives to engage with stakeholders in a transparent and honest 
manner, and in the context of the company’s values.

The intention is to promote two-way engagement so that the company and 
stakeholders understand one another.

Exxaro’s priority for stakeholder engagement at this point is to focus on 
engaging stakeholders on mutually material issues.

Since inception in 2006, Exxaro has developed a sound system of stakeholder 
engagement performed by various managers. In pursuit of continuous 
improvement, during the review period Exxaro appointed an executive head 
for strategy and corporate affairs to focus and formalise our initiatives in 
stakeholder engagement.

In 2014, we expect to progress towards the introduction of the 
AccountAbility AA1000SES stakeholder engagement standard which 
serves as a benchmark for quality engagement. It provides a basis for a 
generally applicable, open-source framework for designing, implementing, 
assessing and communicating the quality of stakeholder engagement.

AA1000SES requires Exxaro to integrate stakeholder engagement into 
governance and relevant decision-making processes. It also requires that 
stakeholder engagement is integrated into relevant policies and processes, 
including strategy development and operations management. 

The guiding principles of the AA1000SES as well as the principles of the 
following documents shape our stakeholder engagement: 
•  King report on governance for South Africa 2009 (King III)
•  Global Reporting Initiative guidelines
•  Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended
•  IIRC reporting framework.

Purpose

Frequency

Issues/response

Identify material issues 
affecting communities 
surrounding our operations

Formal socio-economic 
assessments (SEATs) 
every three years, 
followed by quarterly 
engagement forums.

Quarterly

•  Safety
•  Health
•  Environmental
•  Community
In 2013 Exxaro 
repeated SEATs at 
three operations

•  Local economic 
development 
procurement
•  Employment 
•  Environmental 

concerns

•  Education and skills 
development needs

•  Job creation 
•  Shareholding/equity
Our social and labour 
plans are focused on 
these areas (page 52)

Stakeholder

Community 
stakeholders which 
include all authorities 
affected and 
interested parties 
such as government, 
NGOs, etc

Engagement 
method

Community 
engagement forum

Community 
development forum

Customers

Marketing

Employees

Road shows 

Group newsletter 

Electronic 
communication 

Information briefs

Caucus groups

Future forum

Labour unions

Monitor progress on 
implementing local 
economic development 
projects and project 
spending 

Determine local economic 
development projects for 
social and labour plan, 
and implement these 
collaboratively

Enable Exxaro to 
understand and meet 
customer specifications 

Advertise Exxaro products

Update on group strategy 
and developments

Promote ongoing 
discussions between worker 
representatives and mine 
management about the future 
of the mine 

Implement strategies 
on downscaling and 
retrenchment when required 

Provide feedback on progress 
made against social and 
labour plan commitments

Scheduled engagement 
with recognised trade 
unions at operational and 
employer level

As required by each 
commodity business’ 
marketing department

•  Product quantities 

and qualities
•  Logistical issues

Ongoing

Quarterly

Ongoing

Ongoing

Ongoing

•  Remuneration and 
incentive schemes

•  Benefits
•  Corporate 

developments
Dialogue is ongoing

Quarterly at business 
unit and corporate 
centre

•  Mine closure issues
•  Human resource 
development
•  Local economic 
development

Ongoing

•  Issues in the 

employer/employee 
relationship

39

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013STAKEHOLDERS
continued

Stakeholder

Government

Engagement 
method

Government 
relations

Frequency

Ongoing

Purpose

Ensure government and 
Exxaro management are 
aligned 

Update on group strategy 
and developments

Issues/response

•  Support for 
government 
initiatives

Report progress 
against legislated 
targets, build 
partnerships with 
government

Interested and 
affected parties’ 
authorisation 
process

DMR

Road shows 

Briefings and 
meetings 

Stock Exchange 
News Service 
(SENS) 

Financial reporting 

Site visits

Site visits 

Interviews 

News releases

Website

Advertising

Investors

Media and general 
public

NGOs

Mine engagement

Comply with environmental 
impact assessment (EIA) 
authorisations’ requirements

Engagement on mining 
rights, mining charter, 
social and labour plans and 
industry developments

Ensure investors are 
informed of group 
strategy, performance and 
developments

Provide information for 
media to inform public and 
other stakeholders. Update 
on group strategy and 
developments

Keep mine stakeholders 
informed on operational 
affairs

Suppliers

Green procurement Maximise supply chain 

Sustainable supplier 
engagement

efficiency by buying 
environmentally friendly 
products and services, 
and setting sustainability 
requirements in supplier 
agreements

Collaborate with suppliers 
in addressing supply chain 
sustainability issues and 
enhance their capabilities 
to meet sustainability 
standards:
•  Supplier sustainability 
assessments (audits)
•  Supplier sustainability 

development

•  Supplier innovations

As required by EIA 
authorisation process

•  Compliance with 

legislation; pollution

Transparent 
communication

•  Compliance 
•  Industry 

developments

•  Group strategy and 
implementation
•  Capital allocation
•  Dividend payout 

target

•  BEE shareholding 

structure

•  Actual financial and 
operational results, 
outlook

•  Legislative 

compliance 

•  Group strategy and 
implementation 
•  Corporate activity

•  Corporate 
citizenship

•  Detailed green 

criteria provided to 
suppliers

As required

Quarterly

Ad hoc 

Ad hoc 

Biannually

Ad hoc

Ad hoc 

As required by media

Ad hoc

Ongoing

Ad hoc

Quarterly

As opportunities for 
green initiatives occur 
and as initiatives are 
identified by the green 
procurement working 
group

As required by supply 
chain management

•  Vendor engagement 

portal to be 
implemented in 2014

Preferential 
procurement

To ensure Exxaro purchases 
goods and services from 
suppliers that meet BEE 
compliance requirements

Ongoing requirement 
on request-for-
quotation or tender 
enquiry documents.

•  Ongoing legislative 

compliance

Specified as a 
requirement for 
evaluating tenders

40

Commentary

4105

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013CHAIRMAN’S MESSAGE

Following on a difficult 
period for the South 
African mining industry 
in 2012, the year to 
31 December 2013 was 
another challenging 
period but one in which 
Exxaro again proved its 
resilience. 

Undoubtedly, the 
highlight was a calendar 
year without a fatality. 
While the group had 
recorded 12 months 
without a fatality to June 
2013, this was the first 
fatality-free financial 
year in our history and 
convincing proof that, 
with focus, discipline and 
teamwork, it can be done. 
As an industry, we have 
made solid progress in 
reducing fatalities, but we 
know more needs to be 
done — especially in terms 
of entrenching behaviour 
that says safety always, 
all the way.

In terms of challenges during the 
period, volatile commodity prices 
will always be a risk for our industry. 
In addition, South African mining 
companies had to contend with a 
rapidly deteriorating exchange rate, 
partially in turn a product of labour 
unrest. Although a weak rand 
makes our exports more attractive, 
it counters efforts to reduce costs 
mostly incurred in US dollars. 

Legislative issues continue to 
impede the industry and we 
are working with regulatory 
stakeholders to achieve policy 
certainty, as well as the mutual 
flexibility and infrastructure, which 
will encourage further investment 
by the industry and foreign 
investors alike. 

Mining is a cyclical industry in 
which losses turn into super 
profits and then reverse in a year. 
Understanding this, the industry 
takes a long-term view on planning 
to ensure returns for shareholders 
and benefits for stakeholders. 

42

Our critics accuse us of being 
exploitative, which is neither 
truthful nor sustainable. Mining is 
about balance — ensuring the profits 
of today support the business 
of tomorrow when profit may be 
harder to achieve. Equally, in South 
Africa, business plays a greater 
role in social responsibility — much 
of this mandated by legislation. 
While companies such as Exxaro 
willingly accept this responsibility, 
we believe that for the industry 
to remain an important national 
economic contributor, we need less 
volatility and more flexibility — from 
all stakeholders. 

For our group, particular 
challenges in 2013 included 
ongoing delays in constructing new 
power stations for South Africa’s 
power utility, Eskom, as well as 
the time required to finalise the 
mining convention for our iron ore 
project, Mayoko, in the Republic 
of the Congo. Encouragingly, the 
mining convention was signed in 
January 2014, and the related 
agreements are expected to be 
finalised in the first half of 2014, 
paving the way for mining to begin 
at Mayoko under a revised project 
schedule and within the capital 
limits imposed by the board on 
project expenditure. Developing 
our iron ore portfolio is an 
important element in our strategy 
to diversify our customer base 
and geographical footprint and 
therefore reduce risk. 

On page 12, we detail our progress 
in fully developing our strategy. 
Importantly, this progress is taking 
place within a significantly more 
mature and holistic understanding 
of our risks at every level, itself 
a key indicator of how integrated 
thinking is being entrenched in the 
group. On financial metrics, Exxaro 
was ranked among the world’s best 
on total return to shareholders for 
2012 while our focus on conserving 
our environment has kept the 
group among the leaders in the 
international Carbon Disclosure 
Project. We also received 
consecutive awards for innovation 
and as a top employer, reinforcing 
the integrated approach that 
underpins our sustainability.

Exxaro’s governance standards 
compare well with best practice, 
guiding the group as we expand our 
operating areas. For us, compliance 
is the starting point — throughout 
this report and on our website you 
will find examples of how Exxaro 
is exceeding compliance to set 
new standards in our industry. 
We welcome Dr Con Fauconnier 
back to Exxaro as an independent 
non-executive director and look 
forward to his contribution, given 
his wealth of applicable knowledge 
and experience. 

Jurie Geldenhuys will retire from 
the board at the forthcoming annual 
general meeting after serving as a 
director of the company since its 
inception. We thank him for his many 
years of dedication and wisdom.

Following positive feedback from 
stakeholders, we have continued 
the approach taken in the prior 
report with detailed discussions on 
our performance drivers (page 12), 
approach to sustainability 
(page 18), top risks (page 24), 
and operating environment and 
performance (pages 48 to 58). 
Supplemental information to this 
concise integrated report appears 
on our website www.exxaro.com. 
We again welcome your feedback 
which will aid in achieving our aim 
of making our reporting meaningful, 
comparable and accurate. 

Exxaro operates in a challenging 
industry, but is guided by decades 
of experience and a number 
of unique attributes that will 
ensure it continues to grow. 
Despite being a relatively young 
company, the benefit of a skilled 
board of directors and executive 
management team — under the 
capable leadership of Sipho Nkosi — 
and the commitment of a 
workforce of over 7 200 people are 
solid cornerstones for continued 
long-term growth. 

Dr Len Konar
Chairman

31 March 2014

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S MESSAGE

ZERO  
FATALITIES  
A full year without 
a fatality is 
an exceptional 
achievement 
despite the 
challenges of 2013

It has indeed been a 
challenging year on 
most fronts. However, 
it was a period of 
significant achievement 
as well. One of the 
highlights of my year was 
authorising a payment 
of R16 million to thank 
over 7 000 employees 
and contractors for 
an Exxaro first and an 
industry milestone — 
a full reporting period 
without a single fatality. 
This extraordinary 
achievement followed 
a passionate plea 
from myself and the 
management team for our 
people to remain vigilant 
in ensuring no life was 
lost in our operations, 
and it could not have 
happened without 
their wholehearted 
commitment and focus on 
our vision of a fatality-
free organisation.

As the chairman noted, the Exxaro 
group operated in a challenging 
environment in 2013:
•  Industrial action in the first 
quarter continued into the 
second

•  In the USA, the tapering 

of quantitative easing was 
announced, with a negative 
impact on currency and 
commodity prices, particularly 
for emerging markets
•  Commodity price decline 

continued:
—  Average export coal prices 
down 13% to US$82/t vs 
US$94/t in 2012

—  Iron ore prices peaked 

at US$160/t in February, 
dropped to a low of US$110/t 
in May before stabilising 
at around US$130/t in the 
second half

—  Pigment and zircon prices are 
yet to recover, but volumes 
improved towards year end
•  Continuing engagement with 

stakeholders on various issues:
—  Government — DMR on social 
and labour plans, through 
Chamber of Mines on 
MPRDA amendment bill, and 
departments of environmental 
affairs and water for 
authorisations

—  Communities — delivering 

projects in terms of social and 
labour plans

—  Investors — increased demand 

for response to changing 
market conditions

—  Employees — productivity and 

workplace conditions

—  Suppliers — supply chain cost 

management.

What makes this achievement even 
more commendable is that 2013 
did not start auspiciously — with 
unprotected industrial action in 
the first quarter resulting in the 
loss of 19 working days and 2Mt in 
production. The way in which this 
was resolved is testimony to the 
strength of the overall relationship 
between employers and employees 
in our group and the innovative 
processes used to ensure all 
our people fully understood the 
situation — from the underlying 
issues and responses to the 
way forward as a united group. 
The back2work and back@work 
programmes also provided a 
valuable opportunity to discuss 
other issues and incorporate these 
into specific forums aimed at 
entrenching a high-performance 
culture in Exxaro — one with 
commensurate and multi-faceted 
rewards:
•  It is an ongoing point of pride 

that our commitment to 
developing the full potential 
of every employee in this 
group means that, each year, 
we train more people than 
we need, which benefits the 
industry. Equally, the calibre of 
this training is independently 
acknowledged as among 
the best, which benefits the 
individual, Exxaro, our industry 
and South Africa. 

•  Numerous awards illustrate that 
Exxaro is a preferred employer 
In terms of employment equity, 

43

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S MESSAGE
continued

we already comply with four 
of six targets in the mining 
charter (page 116), meaning that 
everyone has the opportunity to 
develop his or her full potential. 
Competitive remuneration 
levels are complemented by 
shared rewards — from Mpower 
2012 which paid employee 
shareowners dividends of 
R16 million in respect of FY13 in 
addition to production bonuses, 
gain-sharing schemes and other 
employee benefits.

•  Uniquely in our industry, Exxaro 

is developing a strategy to 
manage the so-called chronic 
diseases of lifestyle (heart 
disease, obesity, diabetes and 
others). Apart from our moral 
duty to protect the well-being 
of our people, from a company 
perspective these diseases 
present safety risks and affect 
productivity. From an individual 
perspective, they affect quality 
of life and security of income. 
Using pilot projects at two of our 
operations, we are also building 
a database that will benefit 
the industry in managing this 
complex issue.

Mining is an industry with 
complex and ever-changing risks. 
It also presents opportunities 
for companies prepared to look 
beyond the obvious and invest for 
a shared future, with shared value. 
This requires a dynamic strategy, 
one that offers the flexibility to 
respond to changing markets but 
with the strength that comes from 
a true understanding of those 
markets. The comprehensive risk 
analysis on page 24 proves how 
far we have come in viewing our 
business and our future from an 
integrated perspective, but always 
focused on our strategic goals. 
To illustrate this using the five-
capitals framework and our top 
risks in each:
•  Financial: expanding our 
commodity portfolio and 
geographic footprint reduces 
the dependency on key 
customers while improving 
production through expansion 
and productivity enhancements 
ensures we meet demand

•  Human: our safety results for 
the year and initiatives on 
occupational health and hygiene 
underscore our commitment to 
our people and determination 
to reduce the cost — most 
importantly, the human cost of 
an untimely death or disability

•  Social: active and constant 

interaction with government 
stakeholders accelerates the 
approval process that enables 
us to implement comprehensive 
social and labour plans, with 
far-reaching benefits for our 
community stakeholders. Over 
the next five years, we will spend 
R300 million on these projects

•  Manufactured: to ensure the 
appropriate infrastructure is 
in place, we are collaborating 
with government and industry 
stakeholders to improve existing 
infrastructure and initiate new 
developments. This participation 
and investment has national 
economic benefits

•  Natural: complying with 

environmental legislation 
is a minimum standard for 
Exxaro. We are making notable 
progress on every aspect — from 
energy, water and emissions to 
biodiversity and rehabilitation 
— underscoring our significant 
investment in recent years to 
ensure meaningful data for 
measurable improvement.

While our strategy is detailed on 
page 10, I believe it pertinent to 
comment on the solid progress 
being made in optimising our 
commodity portfolio: 
•  Considered diversification: Our 
actions support our strategy of 
being a diversified commodity 
business, currently with strong 
positions in coal, clean energy, 
titanium dioxide and ferrous. 
Our strategic focus remains on 
these commodities and building 
a world-class portfolio in each

•  Our optimisation strategy is 
clear: We are focusing more 
intensely on fewer projects. 
We are determined to deliver 
on the projects we embark on 
while continuously evaluating all 
assets in our portfolio

•  Accordingly, during the review 

period, we:
—  Sold Zincor
—  Stopped a number of projects, 
ie Botswana Gas, Gravelotte 
magnetite and a few others

—  Signed on agreement to 

dispose of New Clydesdale 
Colliery (NCC) in our coal 
portfolio
•  In 2014, we will:

—  Continue to develop the 

Mayoko project as part of our 
ferrous portfolio

—  Close Tshikondeni mine
—  Evaluate options for Inyanda 
as it nears the end of its life 
of mine

—  Evaluate the Tronox option as 
the standstill agreement will 
lapse mid-2015

—  Strive for operational and 

financial excellence through 
low-cost production, a skilled 
workforce, improved safety 
and secured long-term 
commodity supply

—  Continue to focus on lowering 

our corporate office cost
—  Embed our shared-service 

operating model and improve 
service delivery to operations.

Our outlook for the year ahead and 
longer is on page 12. For Exxaro 
to remain a resilient, long-term 
and sustainable enterprise, we 
must continuously shape and 
adapt our business to external 
market conditions and geographic 
locations. A dynamic strategy and 
focus on costs will assist this group 
in weathering the challenges of 
the next few years, characterised 
by cost pressures, subdued global 
demand and lower available 
sources of finance that are critical 
to running a value-adding business. 
We are confident of meeting these 
challenges through discipline, 
focus and the commitment of all 
our people.

Sipho Nkosi
Chief	executive	officer

31 March 2014

READ MORE>
Page	48

44

FINANCE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW

2013 saw Exxaro grow in 
many aspects, including:
•  Stable coal production 
performance, despite 
19 days of industrial 
action

•  Coal contribution to 
group net operating 
profit up 32%, close to 
the record of 2011
•  Stable contribution 

from equity-accounted 
investments, mainly 
SIOC and Tronox, 
underpinning a modest 
increase of 4% in 
headline earnings 
per share (HEPS) to 
1 463 cents
•  315 cents final 

dividend, bringing total 
dividend to 550 cents 
per share, a strong 
10% increase on 2012 

•  Strong balance sheet 

and sufficient capacity 
to fund our robust 
but focused project 
pipeline.

PORTFOLIO IMPROVEMENT

The review period was less active 
(in terms of corporate activities) 
than 2012. We ceased production 
at NCC in the second half and 
impaired the asset by R292 million 
(pre-tax) and signed the sale 
agreement in January 2014, leading 
to an effective net impairment 
of R143 million. With the sale of 
Zincor in December 2013, we had 
to partially reverse impairments 
of R98 million and we effectively 
sold all environmental liabilities 
as part of the transaction with 
Lebonix. We continue to hold a 26% 
investment in Black Mountain and an 
11,7% interest in Chifeng in China.

READ MORE>
More	detail	on	the	group’s	operational	and	financial	
performance	is	available	on	the	web.

OPERATIONAL 
EXCELLENCE
Coal production (excluding buy-ins 
from Mafube and external parties) 
was 1,2Mt (3%) lower than 2012, 
reflecting the 2Mt lost during the 
19 days unprotected strike in the 
first quarter of 2013 and a gain 
of around 1Mt through ramp-up 
activities of Grootegeluk Medupi 
Expansion Project (GMEP). The loss 
in production was therefore most 
visible in our tied operations.

Export thermal sales increased 
by 14,5% or 564kt in 2013, 
predominantly as a result of 
changes made by Transnet Freight 
Rail (TFR) on the Grootegeluk line 
in the final quarter. Thermal coal 
production was stable at 36,5Mt 
with marginally lower sales at 
higher prices. Metallurgical coal 
sales were similar to 2012. 

The ferroalloy market’s demand for 
reductants (semi-coke) has recovered 
materially since 2012, resulting in 
Exxaro returning to full production at 
its semi-coke coal production plant. 
This led to 56% higher sales.

FINANCIAL EXCELLENCE
Group turnover decreased 16% and 
net operating income 9%, mainly 
due to the exclusion of the mineral 
sands and Rosh Pinah businesses 
in 2013 (included for six months 
in 2012). For a better comparison, 
an analysis of the coal business 
in isolation for revenue and net 
operating profit is recommended. 
The increase of 32% in coal net 
operating profit reflects 11% 
higher revenue as well as higher 
shortfall income (R1 242 million) 
from Eskom (as a result of delays 
in agreed production offtake 
plans), higher export volumes 
(R262 million) partly offset by 
higher operating costs, net pre-tax 
impairment of NCC (R143 million) 
and inflationary pressures. 

We reduced costs across the group 
by R157 million, mainly through 
direct initiatives to reduce consulting 
fees. This continued review of costs 
is expected to assist the group in 
weathering the next few years where 
cost pressures, subdued global 
demand and lower available sources 
of finance will provide challenges to 
running a value-adding business. 

Equity-accounted income 
increased by 10%, with Sishen Iron 
Ore Company (SIOC) remaining 
the major contributor to group 
HEPS (at some 80%) for 2013 
compared to 69% in 2012. This 
welcome performance was due 
to higher export iron ore prices 
and a weaker ZAR:US$ exchange 
rate, partially offset by lower 
production from the Sishen mine. 
In 2013, these investments yielded 
R3,5 billion in Exxaro’s share of 
dividends declared and R4,1 billion 
in equity income.

We have maintained our 
shareholding in Tronox at around 
44%. This investment contributed 
a core equity-accounted loss of 
R780 million (US$79 million) in 
2013 (compared to 2012: loss of 
R250 million (US$29 million)).

From the R3 241 million 
dividends received (mainly 
SIOC (R2 664 million), Tronox 
(R507 million) and Black Mountain 
(R58 million), we funded net 
financing costs (R268 million), 
tax (R158 million), dividends paid 
(R1 387 million) and sustaining 
capex (R1 257 million). Cash 
preservation remains crucial for 
the group as we consider our 
capital commitments in terms 
of GMEP, Grootegeluk backfill, 
Mayoko and other capital projects 
in the pipeline, as well as working 
capital requirements. 

CAPITAL EXPENDITURE

Project spend to date on GMEP is 
R9,3 billion. We still expect overall 
capital expenditure to remain at 
R10,2 billion. Recent communication 
from Eskom indicates that the first 
offtake will only be in April 2014. 
Construction of phase 1 of the 
backfill project has been completed.

Capital costs in 2013 for Mayoko 
total R1,6 billion, with the total 
spent since acquisition at 
R2 billion. No further capital funds 
will be committed to the project 
(except US$10 million to complete 
the prefeasibility study on phase 2 
and monthly operational costs of 
US$2 million) until all agreements 
are signed. For a detailed analysis 
of the expected project pipeline, 
please see our results presentation 
on our website.

45

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013FINANCE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW
continued

FUNDING AND NET DEBT

We have drawn R3,6 billion to 
finance mainly GMEP and the 
Grootegeluk backfill, leaving 
undrawn facilities of R4,4 billion. 
As a result, the net debt to equity 
ratio was 10% at 31 December 2013, 
compared to 8% in 2012. We do not 
expect this to change significantly 
in 2014 despite the new timeline on 
developing the Mayoko project.

The board carefully considered 
the outlook for the 2014 capital 
commitments, past practice 
and growth aspirations before 
declaring a healthy final dividend 
of 315 cents per share at a cover 
of 2,4 times core attributable 
earnings. This brought the total 
dividend for 2013 to 550 cents 
per share at a core dividend 
cover of 2,63 times, consistent 
to past practice.

OUTLOOK

Most agencies expect coal prices 
to trend sideways in the medium 
term. Although export prices in 
dollar terms decreased from their 
highs in 2011, the rand equivalent 
is different, and we anticipate that 
trends in 2014 will follow suit. Coal 
prices in the local metals market 
are expected to follow international 
trends and Eskom pricing will again 
correlate with the producer price 
index. Coal volumes should follow 
past stable trends. 

On exports, as a result of changes 
effected by TFR on the Waterberg 
line and its guidance that the coal 
exports are predicted at around 
75Mt to Richards Bay Coal Terminal 
(RBCT), we are comfortable to 
increase our past guidance of 
4Mtpa to at least 4,5Mtpa in 2014.

Both thermal and coking coal 
seaborne markets are expected to 
remain soft given an oversupply of 
coal globally. 

In the domestic market, 
2014 demand for steam and 
metallurgical coal is expected 
to be stable. Demand for power 
station coal from Eskom is likely 
to be weaker than 2013 due to the 
current high level of coal stock-
days at its power stations. Refer 
to macro-economic review on 
page 48 for details.

Exxaro faces a challenging 2014. 
However, the group is making solid 
progress on key fronts. 

Wim de Klerk
Finance	Director

31 March 2014

Revenue (Rbn)

9,8

10,5

5,2

6,5

8,6

4,0

12,4

12,1

13,4

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

0,2

Coal

Other

Headline earnings per share  
(cents)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

429

300

506

989

573

392

1 009

571

892

Coal

Other

1 525

Dividend (cents per share)

200

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

500

500

550

800

READ MORE>
Page	94	and	website

46

Performance

4706

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013PERFORMANCE

MACRO-ECONOMIC REVIEW

GDPs: US + CHINA + EMERGING 
ECONOMIES

IRON ORE 
PRICES

ESKOM COAL 
DEMAND

GDP growth (%)

USA

China

Emerging 
markets

South 
Africa

Iron ore prices 
(US$), CFR, China

2013

2014

1,9

7,7

4,7

2,7

7,8

5,1

1,8

2,8

2013

135

2014 118

Mtpa
2013

2020
projected

250
370

After two years (2012 and 2013) 
of weakness, with an annual real 
gross domestic product (GDP) 
growth rate of less than 3%, the 
global economy appears to be 
reaccelerating. In 2013, the euro 
zone exited its long recession of 
six consecutive quarters, economic 
growth in China stabilised, stimulus 
initiatives in Japan reduced 
deflationary pressures and the 
US labour market continued to 
strengthen. 

With an improving unemployment 
rate, US economic growth is poised 
to accelerate in 2014 to 2,7% from 
1,9% in 2013, setting the stage 
for acceleration to the Federal 
Reserve’s tapering of quantitative 
easing (QE). Despite the potential 
negative impact of QE tapering, 
especially on some emerging-
market economies, global growth 
dynamics remain broadly positive, 
with the developed world expected 
to lead a modest rebound in global 
real GDP growth from 2,5% in 2013 
to 3,2% in 2014. 

In China, a policy-driven modest 
upturn in economic growth, from 
7,7% in 2013 to 7,8% in 2014, is 
expected. Continuously improving 
consumer and business sentiment 
surveys in the euro zone confirm 
the positive outlook for this region 
— real GDP growth is expected to 
turn positive to 1,1% in 2014 from 
a negative 0,4% in 2013. Japan is 
projected to record a 1,4% growth 

rate in 2014, marginally down from 
1,6% in 2013. 

In 2013, the economies of many 
emerging markets deteriorated 
somewhat, reflected in downward 
pressure on their currencies at the 
time. The 2014 outlook for some 
emerging-market economies — 
South Africa, Brazil, India and Turkey 
— remains clouded by the need 
to implement structural reforms 
to ensure less reliance on foreign 
capital inflows to fund domestic 
demand. As a result, economic 
growth in these markets is expected 
to remain under pressure in 2014, 
but aggregate GDP for emerging 
economies is expected to accelerate 
marginally to 5,1% (4,7% in 2013), 
in line with the global economy’s 
growth outlook. 

South Africa’s GDP growth declined 
from 2,5% in 2012 to 1,8% in 
2013. The 2014 outlook remains 
fragile — a weakening exchange 
rate pressures inflation with a 
current account deficit of around 
6%. A high level of uncertainty on 
the economic and political fronts 
is expected to linger in the run-
up to the 2014 general election. 
The real GDP growth prospect 
for 2014 is about 2,8%, driven by 
consumption expenditure, albeit 
slowing. Labour discontent on the 
back of unresolved socio-economic 
issues and labour union rivalry 
remains a challenge.

South Africa’s average annual 
consumer price index (CPI) 
increased to 5,7% in 2013, from 
5,6% in 2012. The 2014 rate 
is expected to be about 6,3%, 
mainly as a result of the weak local 
currency, above-inflation wage, 
food and electricity tariff increases. 

The chronic current account 
deficits are expected to continue 
in 2014. Current account 
sustainability concerns remain, 
however, as capital inflows are 
increasingly of a short-term, 
volatile nature on the back of on/
off investor sentiment. As global 
growth accelerates and local 
production recovers after supply 
disruptions, the deficit is expected 
to narrow somewhat into 2014. 
However, the public-sector 
infrastructure programme has 
proven highly import-intensive, 
despite policy attempts to increase 
local content. As such, import 
demand will remain elevated 
despite moderating private-sector 
consumption growth. Against these 
anticipated developments, rand 
volatility is expected to continue 
in 2014 — an average of around 
10,82 to the US dollar is forecast 
for the year.

COMMODITY REVIEW

Mineral commodity demand growth 
remained lacklustre in 2013, with 
some commodity markets moving 
into soft territory. As such, the 

48

COAL

REAL PRICE GROWTH EXPECTED 
IN THE LONGER TERM

timing and scale of the future 
supply response becomes the 
catalyst for an eventual recovery 
in commodity prices. In addition, 
unless weather or geopolitical 
risk events unfold, 2014 is highly 
unlikely to show much improvement 
over 2013, let alone any V-shaped 
recovery for most commodities. 

Iron ore

Estimates are that global crude steel 
production rose by about 3,9% in 
2013 to 1 575Mt. In China, crude steel 
production expanded by about 7% 
from 2012 to some 750Mt. China’s 
share of world production increased 
from 46,2% in 2012 to 47,6% in 
2013. Output in North America 
declined by 2,6% while Europe 
declined by 1,2%. Global crude steel 
production is expected to continue 
growing in 2014, with output 
improving by a projected 4,6%. 
China, Europe and North America 
are all expected to record crude 
steel production growth of between 
3% and 4% in 2014. 

In September 2012, the iron 
fine ore spot price declined to 
US$86,7/t (cost and freight 
(CFR) China) — levels last seen in 
2009 — given particularly bearish 
global sentiment, uncertainty 
in the Chinese steel sector 
and a focus on deeper-than-
anticipated destocking. However, 
fundamentals turned quickly in 
the first six months of 2013 and 
iron ore prices held their ground 
to average US$139/t (CFR China). 
The key reason for this was that 
demand for iron ore exceeded 
expectations, with Chinese crude 
steel production rising by 8% 
year-on-year during the period. 
Strong gains in Australian exports 
throughout 2013 have kept a cap 

on price increases, while in Brazil 
and India, exports were curtailed 
for various reasons. As a result, the 
2013 average CFR China spot fine 
ore (62% Fe) price was US$135/t. 
Further new low-cost iron ore 
capacity will continue to enter 
the market in 2014, causing lower 
average prices compared to 2013, 
at around US$118/t, CFR China. 

From 2014, ocean freight rates are 
expected to improve somewhat 
as vessel demolition rates are 
forecast to remain high. From 
2015, supply capacity growth 
is anticipated to be in line with 
demand, resulting in ocean freight 
rate growth returning to a more 
sustainable level around the rate 
of inflation. 

Coal 

In 2013, the seaborne metallurgical 
coal market remained 
oversupplied as Australian 
mines continued to increase 
exports, Canadian producers 
were shipping at historical rates 
and the US (as swing producer) 
maintained high levels of exports. 
The anticipation that the euro 
zone will record a positive annual 
economic growth rate in 2014 will 
manifest in additional resumption 
of some idled blast furnace 
capacity. In addition, new coke 
oven capacity being commissioned 
in India, South Korea, Vietnam and 
Indonesia should have a discernible 
impact on metallurgical coal 
demand, in total 11,5Mtpa, from 
2014. The coking coal contract 
price is expected to average 
US$136/t, free on board (FOB) 
Australia, for calendar 2014.

Despite strong Asian demand, 
persistent oversupply 

characterised seaborne 
thermal coal markets in 2013. 
Rationalisation of supply was 
delayed by the competitive 
environment globally and by take-
or-pay infrastructure contract 
obligations, especially in Australia, 
which discourage any supply 
reduction. These conditions are 
expected to continue into 2014. 
The average Richards Bay FOB 
spot steam coal price for 2013, at 
US$80,45/t, was some 13,6% lower 
than 2012. No real price growth is 
expected for thermal coal in 2014. 
With the absence of any significant 
supply rationalisation, the price 
outlook remains flat for the short 
to medium term. However, real 
price growth is expected in the 
longer term as sizeable new mine 
and infrastructure development, 
in addition to increased volume 
from currently marginal suppliers, 
is required.

Titanium dioxide

Calendar 2013 was another 
challenging year for the titanium 
value chain. Prices for both 
feedstocks and titanium dioxide 
(TiO2) pigment weakened further 
from 2012 averages, after a period 
of extended increases. In 2013, the 
titanium value chain continued 
working through a destocking 
process, which started in mid-2012. 
Significant producer capacity 
remains in place with global 
inventory levels yet to normalise. 
Market conditions are expected 
to stabilise in 2014. The zircon 
market is adjusting to new lower 
levels of demand, following a cycle 
of rapid price increases from 2011 
to mid-2012. As a result, the 2014 
outlook for zircon pricing and 
demand remains flat, with limited 
downside risk. 

49

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013PERFORMANCE
continued

MINING INDUSTRY IN 
SOUTH AFRICA 

The global outlook obviously has 
an impact on the outlook for South 
African mining companies:

While South Africa’s mining 
industry is going through 
significant changes in the way it 
operates, for Exxaro the changing 
face of the coal sector is at present 
more important.

Historically, coal production 
was concentrated in the 
Mpumalanga coalfields and 80% 
of the country’s saleable coal 
was produced by five companies. 
Export coal was moved on a 
dedicated line to the 72Mtpa port 
of Richards Bay, bound for Europe.

Today, production is shifting to the 
Waterberg coalfields, home to 20% 
of South Africa’s coal resources. 
Around 30% of Eskom’s coal 
purchases come from new entrants 
to the market or so-called junior 
miners (mostly black economic 
empowerment companies); this 

will rise to 50% by 2018 to meet 
local demand which is expected to 
grow from 250Mtpa to 370Mtpa 
by 2020. 

On the export side, RBCT capacity 
has increased to 91Mtpa and will 
rise again to 110Mtpa in the medium 
term, mostly destined for Asia. 
In 2012, coal producers exported 
over 68Mt through RBCT to China 
and India, a country forecast to 
become the largest seaborne coal 
importer by 2017 and second-largest 
coal consumer. At the same time, 
while demand in Europe is currently 
rising, it is forecast to decline after 
decarbonisation initiatives. 

Exxaro’s strategy in this 
fluid market is clear. We are 
participating in recognised forums, 
setting regular meetings with 
government, and commenting on 
proposed legislative changes. We 
believe the progress being made 
in unlocking the potential of the 
Waterberg is a clear indication of 
willing collaboration for the benefit 
of all. 

GROUP PERFORMANCE 

Detailed disclosure on our 
performance in the review period 
appears on our website. In this 
report, we concentrate on how 
Exxaro is addressing its top risks 
(page 26) and summarise our 
performance by commodity. 

The 16% drop in 2013 revenue 
to R13,6 billion is largely due 
to excluding the mineral sands 
and Rosh Pinah operations, 
which were included for almost 
half of 2012. The solid increase 
(11%) from our coal operations 
reflects the benefits of numerous 
initiatives under way — from cost 
management to higher export 
volumes as a result of improved 
rail availability from Transnet 
Freight Rail.

Importantly, we are addressing 
two of our most material risks 
simultaneously by broadening our 
local and international customer 
base, and nearing completion on 
the Grootegeluk expansion project 

HIGHLIGHTS — PERFORMANCE

ZERO 
FATALITIES

6 sites  
LTI free

LTIFR 0,19

80%  
of youth in development 
programmes come from 
historically disadvantaged 
backgrounds 

370 people  
 on management  
development programme

Percentage community spend per 
focus area in 2013

7%

15%

12%

2%

1%

32%

7 240  
employees now share owners

31%

14  
social and labour  
plans under way 

Education

Infrastructure

Environment

Skills development

Health and welfare

Agriculture

Enterprise development

50

which will take run-of-mine output 
to around 66Mtpa (from 38Mtpa) 
and double its production of power 
station coal to 30Mtpa. This, in 
conjunction with a number of other 
longer-term initiatives, will ensure 
we continue to meet demand for 
coal, productively and profitably.

The encouraging success in 
addressing another top risk — the 
safety of our people — has raised 
the proverbial bar. While our goal 
will always be zero fatalities, in 
2013 six of our sites also proved 
that they could operate without 
a lost-time injury. The discipline 
and safety awareness behind 
preventing injuries is a cornerstone 
of a fatality-free operation.

In terms of environmental risks, 
we have made excellent progress 
in managing our use of non-
renewable resources, chiefly 
energy and water. Exxaro is an 
acknowledged forerunner on 
carbon disclosure, reflecting the 
effort and investment in recent 
years to standardise and enhance 
systems for meaningful data in 
tandem with initiatives to improve 
the efficiency with which we use 
these resources.

Not all risks are entirely within our 
control. In these cases, such as 
delays in government approvals, 
we are actively and consistently 
interacting with the authorities 
to expedite the process, while 
ensuring that our submissions 
are accurate and our performance 
compliant. We were, therefore, 
encouraged by the positive 
feedback after an independent 
audit of our operations by a 
government-appointed third party 
in 2013. 

Infrastructure has long been 
an issue in the mining sector, 
particularly the availability of rail 
services for transporting product. 
Again, we are collaborating 
with government stakeholders 
to improve and initiate new 
infrastructure, while identifying 
other stakeholders to co-develop 

solutions. Transnet Freight Rail 
is making encouraging progress 
with its long-term infrastructure 
expansion plan, which will have 
significant benefits internally in 
stabilising energy supply and, 
externally, in accelerating the 
exports that contribute to the 
national economy.

SAFETY AND HEALTH

There were no fatalities for the 
year ended 31 December 2013 
and the group continues to strive 
towards achieving zero harm at all 
operations. 

A 0,19 LTIFR per 200 000 man-
hours worked was recorded for the 
period (2012: 0,29) against a target 
of 0,15. Despite this, six operations 
recorded no lost-time injuries. The 
group recorded a 40% reduction 
in the number of lost-time injuries 
mainly due to improved awareness 
as well as increased training across 
all operations. Exxaro has initiated 
multiple safety improvement 
programmes, such as the Global 
Mining Industry Risk Management 
programme, to raise the awareness 
of risks. We have also incorporated 
the Mine Safety and Health Act as 
a standard to proactively manage 
health and safety practices across 
the group. 

The group’s health and hygiene 
efforts show an overall 51% 
improvement in the number of 
employees enrolled in the HIV/
Aids programme compared to 
2012. Although there was a 25% 
reduction in the number of newly 
diagnosed occupational diseases, 
Exxaro still faces some challenges 
with tuberculosis cases.

LEADERSHIP AND PEOPLE

The Exxaro group remains focused 
on transformation, development 
of people and rewarding top 
performers. We have met our 
targets on employment equity 
for top, middle and junior 
management, and women, and 
expect to meet targets for the 
senior management category 

by 2014. Appointing people with 
disabilities remains an industry-
wide challenge.

Exxaro spent R200 million (2012: 
R177 million) on industry-related 
training initiatives during the 
year, ranging from ABET (adult 
basic education and training) 
to postgraduate studies. This 
training involved some 800 youth 
candidates, of which over 80% 
were historically disadvantaged 
South Africans (HDSAs) selected 
for learnerships, internships, 
bursaries and various skills 
programmes. We also have over 
370 South African employees 
in management development 
programmes at present. Our 
training investment for the year 
includes management programmes 
and in-country skills development, 
eg carpentry, brick-laying and 
plumbing at our Mayoko project in 
the Republic of the Congo.

Our employee share ownership 
plan, Mpower 2012, received 
dividends of R16 million in 
respect of the 2013 financial year, 
benefiting 7 240 employees.

HDSA statistics (%) — group

Top

Senior

Middle

Junior

40

40

27

32

60

57

55

64

23

18

Women

Disabled

1

1

2012

2013

Target

51

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013PERFORMANCE
continued

OUR COMMUNITIES

Most social and labour plan 
projects are channelled through 
the Exxaro Chairman’s Fund 
(ECF) to which all our operations 
contribute. The total fund 
contribution to corporate 
projects and business units’ 
social and labour plan projects 
was R57 million in 2013 (2012: 
R50 million). Of this, R50 million 
was spent on social and labour 
plans, compared to R24 million 
in 2012.

Percentage community spend 
per geographic area in 2013

4%

4%

17%

40%

35%

Limpopo

Mpumalanga

Gauteng

KwaZulu-Natal

Western Cape

With the new five-year cycle 
of social and labour plans 
(2013-2017) under way, we are 
using the lessons learned in 
the first cycle to ensure our 
local economic development 
projects are sustainable and 
focused on addressing identified 
stakeholder needs. 

As part of a more quantitative 
approach, we have finalised our 
assessment of all South African 
LED projects based on the social 
return on investment. We are 
also implementing a model for 
effectively engaging with all 
stakeholders, based on community 
risk and managing issues. 

52

In the Republic of the Congo, 
a number of community 
development initiatives were 
finalised for Mayoko after 
extensive consultation with 
stakeholders. In addition, projects 
to be rolled out over the next two 
years were agreed. These are 
detailed on our web site.

Supported by a proven track 
record, public-private partnerships 
remain an integral part of 
Exxaro’s community development 
initiatives. This is strengthened 
by an approved volunteerism 
policy to create socially 
conscious employees. The Exxaro 
volunteerism programme was 
officially launched and rolled out in 
the first quarter of 2013.

Over the 2013-2017 cycle, we plan 
to invest around R300 million 
in over 60 local economic 
development and community 
projects.

In each of these sectors, the focus 
will be on:
•  Infrastructure development: 

community, housing and training 
facilities 

•  Education: Saturday and holiday 
school, teacher training, whole 
school development 
•  Enterprise development, 

business incubator hubs, SME 
development 

•  Skills development
•  Agriculture: farm development, 

commercial. 

Supply chain management

Our sustained commitment to 
procuring from HDSA (including 
black-owned, black-empowered, 
black women-owned and black-
influenced) suppliers is reflected in 
the steady progression from under 
40% in 2007 to 59% (exceeding 
the target of 52%) in 2012. In 2013, 
we recorded actual procurement 
of 62% from HDSA companies 
against our target of 54%, or 
R7,8 billion spent with HDSA-
owned companies.

In terms of mining charter 
compliance, Exxaro exceeded 
2013 targets set for capital and 
consumables.

HDSA progression:  
2007-2013 spend

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

35%

39%

45%

50%

58%

59%

62%

2014 target (56%)

Actual performance

Preferential procurement from 
BEE entities as per mining charter 
targets for 2013 and 2014

49%

Capital

30%

Goods

Services

40%

62%

40%

50%

58%

60%

70%

2013 performance

2013 DMR target

2014 DMR target

OUR ENVIRONMENT

HIGHLIGHTS — ENVIRONMENT

ELECTRICITY 
AND DIESEL
COST INTENSITY

TOTAL KT 
CARBON EMISSIONS 
(Scope 1 and 2)

Electricity 
intensity* (scope 2)
R2,80/t

Diesel intensity*
(scope 1)
R5,40/t

*	 Based	on	total	tonnes	mined

Total emissions 
from diesel:

Total emissions 
from electricity:

158 kt CO2e

502 kt CO2e

Exxaro total*:

735,0kt CO2e

TOTAL 
ENERGY COST

CARBON
INTENSITY

Diesel cost:
R693,8m

Electricity cost:
R357,6m

Tied mines ave:
18,2  
tCO2e/kt sold*

Commercial mines ave:
21,6  
tCO2e/kt sold*

Exxaro total:

R1 051,5m

Note: coal operations only.

Energy consumption and 
carbon footprint

Greenhouse gas emissions

Following the notable reduction 
in carbon and other greenhouse 
gas (GHG) emissions from 2010 to 
2012, Exxaro remained committed 
to reducing its carbon footprint 
in 2013. Specific energy-intensity 
improvement targets were set 
for each operation during the 
reporting period. These will 
form part of relevant managers’ 
remuneration-linked performance 
contracts from 2014 and further 
absolute emission reductions are 
expected from these initiatives 
during the year. 

Exxaro continues to report its 
carbon emissions through the 
Carbon Disclosure Project South 
Africa (CDP-SA). Our continued 
leadership in the CDP underscores 
our efforts on carbon efficiency, 
thus reducing the potential impact 
of carbon tax, among others. 

Exxaro total*:

20,4 tCO2e/kt sold*

*	 Weighted	average

Exxaro bases its accounting and 
reporting for GHG emissions on 
the Greenhouse Gas Protocol 
— corporate accounting and 
reporting standard. Exxaro has 
also elected to use the operating 
control accounting approach 
for emissions. In light of our 
divestment and discontinuation 
activities (mineral sands and 
Zincor operations) in prior periods 
and in line with the guidelines of 
the reporting standard, energy 
consumption and GHG emissions 
for 2011 and 2012 in this report 
have been restated. 

In 2013, Exxaro reduced scope 1 
emissions by 31,8% while scope 2 
emissions were flat on 2012 in 
absolute terms (ie no adjustments 
are made for divestments 
and discontinuations in the 
reporting period). This equates 
to a 47,5% reduction in scope 1 
and 2 emissions combined over 
the period. 

WATER 
WITHDRAWAL

Total*	
8 025Mℓ

TOTAL 
PRODUCTION 
SOLD

Total*	
35,95Mt

WATER 
INTENSITY

Total*	
223 ℓ/t sold

Scope 3 emissions, reported for 
the first time in 2012, are defined 
as being outside Exxaro’s control 
as they occur when products we 
sell are consumed by customers or 
from other indirect activities.

In line with GHG reporting 
guidelines, which require 
adjusting for divestments and 
discontinuations to baseline 
periods, Exxaro reduced scope 1 
emissions by 3,9% and slightly 
increased scope 2 emissions by 
1,2% in 2013 against 2012. This 
resulted in a reduction of 0,4% for 
combined scope 1 and 2 emissions.

53

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013PERFORMANCE
continued

Exxaro’s greenhouse gas emissions

(kt CO2e)

Scope 1
Scope 2

Total scope 1 and 2

Year-on-year change
Scope 3
Year-on-year change

2013

236
525

761

(0,4%)
69 737
(1,2%)

2012

245
519

764

1,4%
70 581
0,2%

2011

238
516

754

70 471

Scope	2	emissions:		 	Electricity-based	emissions	are	derived	from	the	grid	emission	factor	for	South	Africa	

(0,94tCO2e/MWh).

Scope	3	emissions:		 	Reported	emissions	are	based	on	emissions	from	the	use	of	product	sold	by	Exxaro	plus	

transmission	and	distribution	losses	from	the	South	African	grid	derived	from	Eskom’s	
emissions	factor	for	electricity	sold	(1,03tCO2e/MWh)	and	the	grid	emission	factor	for	South	
Africa	(0,94tCO2e/MWh).	Reported	emissions	represent	over	99%	of	Exxaro’s	scope	3	
emissions.

Greenhouse gas emissions by source (kt CO2e)

71,8

5,9

77,9

2,4

75,0

2,1

2013

2012

2011

157,8

164,8

160,4

Greenhouse 
gas emissions 
by source

516,0

518,9

525,3

33% 

REDUCTION 
IN WATER 
WITHDRAWALS 
IN 2013. 

ENVIRONMENTAL INCIDENTS

LEVEL 1  
71%  
DOWN SINCE 2011

LEVEL 2  
75%  
DOWN SINCE 2011

LEVEL 3  
No incidents
FOR THREE YEARS

54

Energy consumption

Diesel and electricity remain 
the primary sources of energy 
for Exxaro. Total energy consumed 
reduced by 2,1% in 2013 to 
4,2 peta-joules. The bulk of savings 
came from reductions in diesel use, 
where energy consumed dropped 
by over 4%. Energy sourced from 
electricity increased by 1,2% in 
2013, mostly due to expansion 
activities at Grootegeluk. 

In 2013, Exxaro’s coal operations 
focused on reducing energy 
consumption. Diesel was the most 
significant energy source in these 
operations, consuming 2,1 million 
GJ of energy, notably ahead of 
the 1,9 million GJ of energy from 
electricity consumed in 2013. 

Managing energy consumption

Diesel	
Reflecting the focus on diesel 
efficiency in our coal operations, 
we reduced year-on-year diesel 
consumption by over 2,5 million 
litres in 2013, despite a 9% 
increase at Grootegeluk (the 
largest diesel consumer), due to 
expansion activities. Although 
Grootegeluk was not able to 
maintain its diesel consumption 
intensity, improvements in diesel 
intensities at other business units 
fully mitigated this increase. 
A notable performance was North 
Block Complex whose initiatives, 
centred on its revised operating 
model, led to an absolute reduction 
in diesel consumption of over 
2 million litres (-22%) in 2013. 

The focus and effort in the coal 
operations that reduced absolute 
diesel consumption in 2013 also 
improved diesel consumption 
intensity, based on tonnes 
produced, against 2012.

Electricity
The slightly lower production 
levels across coal operations were 
not mirrored by a decrease in 
overall electricity use, which rose 
marginally to 534,4GWh reported 
against 527,1GWh in 2012 (+1,4%).

While Matla, Leeuwpan and Arnot 
showed good improvement in 
absolute electricity use, expanding 
operations at Grootegeluk resulted 
in a 6% increase in electricity use 
(280GWh vs 264GWh in 2012). 
Given Grootegeluk’s scale, its 
electricity use intensity had a 
notable effect on overall intensity 
in coal operations. Consequently, 
electricity intensity based on 
production tonnages at coal 
operations increased from 
13,6MWh/t to 14,3MWh/t in 2013. 

Noteworthy electricity optimising 
initiatives at Grootegeluk in 2013 
include implementing energy-
saving multi-drive (VSD) conveyors 
in its discard system and the 
Grootegeluk 2 plant. Expected 
savings in these significant 
electricity-consuming systems 
are 20-25% in absolute electricity 
use and 25-40% in operational 
efficiency. We are reviewing this 
approach for implementation at 
other areas in Grootegeluk and 
across our business units. 

Water management

Exxaro understands that water is 
a key strategic natural resource 
for South Africa. We use a holistic 
management strategy to conserve 
water and manage related risks, 
minimise impacts, and operate 
efficiently through water-reduction 
plans, reuse and recycling 
methodologies. An aspirational 
target of reducing the use of potable 
water by 5% across all business 
units remained in place in 2013.

Exxaro is also committed to 
protecting and improving water 
quality by ensuring the water 
we discharge is of the same or 
better quality than we withdraw. 
Group-wide water conservation 
plans aligned to the national 
water management strategy are 
expected to be finalised in the 
first quarter of 2015. Supporting 
our long-term water management 
strategy are two water treatment 
plants planned for Mpumalanga, 
with total capacity to treat 
11,5 mega-litres per day:

•  Matla — scheduled for delivery in 

the second quarter of 2014
•  North Block Complex’s Glisa 
mine — scheduled for the last 
quarter of 2014.

Innovative passive water treatment 
systems are being evaluated by our 
R&D department in collaboration 
with the University of the Free 
State as a long-term solution to 
water management, including 
post-closure. Exxaro is also 
collaborating with other mining 
houses through local research 
institutions on a project to develop 
and implement appropriate 
technology to deal with waste from 
planned water treatment plants. 

Water use monitoring and 
measurement

Exxaro monitors and reports 
according to JSE SRI reporting 
categories, in turn aligned to 
definitions and environmental 
categories from the GRI’s mining 
and minerals sector guidelines. 
While the accuracy of water 
measurement, monitoring 
and reporting has improved 
significantly since 2011, on-site 
operational challenges remain. 
In line with this, this report includes 
water abstraction data excluding 
rainfall captured, abstraction 
from the sea and dewatering data. 
Significant progress was made 
in 2013 to improve metering and 
measurement of dewatering and 
rainwater catchment volumetric 
data specifically (detailed on 
our website). 

Exxaro continues to report on 
its water use and management 
through the Carbon Disclosure 
Project South Africa Water 
Programme (CDP-Water), where 
we are one of the leaders on 
disclosure. 

Exxaro reduced water withdrawals 
by 33% in 2013, largely after 
divesting of our mineral sands 
operations in the prior year. 
In our coal operations, ongoing 
management initiatives reduced 
water extraction significantly 

55

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013PERFORMANCE
continued

Water use — performance 2013 vs 2012 (mega-litres)

12 309

435

6%

3 973

(100%)

41

36%

571

(90%)

8 241

(33%)

2012

Coal

Mineral sands

Corporate office

Other

2013

in 2012 and 2013 from previous 
years. While this improving trend 
is generally maintained compared 
to the pre-2012 period, there was 
a slight increase in overall water 
extraction in 2013 versus 2012. 

In 2013, coal operations accounted 
for 98% of Exxaro’s water 
withdrawals. Total withdrawals 
in these operations increased by 
6%, and the intensity of water 
withdrawals relative to production 
rose slightly. This means that 
while Exxaro’s coal operations 
were not able to increase, the 
amount of water required to 
achieve this increased. This was 
largely a consequence of higher 
withdrawals at Grootegeluk, driven 
by expanded operations which in 
turn led to higher water withdrawal 
intensity. Given the relative scale of 
Grootegeluk, this led to an overall 
increase in water withdrawal 
intensity in our coal operations. 
While this is contrary to the trend 
of recent years, the improved 
management focus, technology 
and enhanced monitoring and 

Dust fallout 2013

measurement of water withdrawals 
have had a notable positive effect 
at most larger water-withdrawing 
operations. 

Grootegeluk accounts for more 
than half of all water withdrawn by 
Exxaro’s coal operations. In 2013, 
water withdrawals at Grootegeluk 
rose by 8%, mainly as a result 
of the expansion project which 
includes two new processing 
plants. Despite this, there has been 
a 24% reduction in withdrawal 
volumes from 2011.

Most other significant water-
withdrawing business units 
recorded reductions in absolute 
water withdrawals and improved 
water withdrawal intensity in 2013. 
For example, Tshikondeni reduced 
volumetric water withdrawals by  
21%, reducing water intensity by 
over 20%, while Matla achieved 
a volumetric water withdrawal 
reduction of 5% in 2013. 

The focus in 2014 will be on 
maintaining this progress at 
the larger water-withdrawing 

operations, while rolling out 
initiatives at other operations. 
In support, water-withdrawal 
intensity targets across all sources 
were introduced to business units 
in 2013. Monitoring and reporting 
performance against these targets 
will continue in 2014 and we intend 
to extend these targets into the 
performance contracts of relevant 
managers in 2015. 

A detailed wetland inventory has 
been developed to proactively 
mitigate the impact of mining on 
sensitive ecosystems and enable 
responsible coal exploitation.

Air quality 

Comparing Exxaro’s dust fallout 
rate against the regulated 
industrial limit (1 200mg/m2/day), 
our averaged coal operations 
exceeded the limit for three 
months in 2013. This is lower than 
both 2012 and 2011, reflecting 
intensified dust management 
activities and other factors.

Coal

300mg/m2/day

2013

351

2012

480

2011

393

Long-term target

Average monthly fallout rate

56

MINERAL RESOURCES AND RESERVES 

The mineral resources and ore 
reserves underpinning Exxaro’s 
current operations and growth 
projects are summarised in the 
tables on pages 66 to 86 on 
our website. 

Mineral resources and ore reserves 
were estimated by competent 
persons on an operational basis 
and in accordance with the 
SAMREC Code (2007) for African 
properties and the JORC Code for 
Australian properties. 

The tables are compiled from 
comprehensive independent 
statements received from the 
appointed resource and reserve 
competent persons at various 
operations and projects. Each 
statement forms part of a 
competent person’s report which 
encapsulates the systematic 
and detailed estimation process 
conducted by or supervised by 
the applicable competent person. 
The competent persons have 
sufficient relevant experience in 
the style of mineralisation, type 
of deposit, mining method and 
activity for which they have taken 
responsibility, to qualify as a’ 
competent person’ as defined in 
the applicable codes at the time of 
reporting. The competent persons 
have signed off their respective 
estimates and consent to the 
inclusion of the information in this 
report in the form and context in 
which it appears. A list of Exxaro’s 
competent persons is available 
from the group company secretary 
on written request.

Mineral resources and ore reserves 
are reported as those remaining 
on 31 December 2013 and mineral 
resources are reported inclusive 
of those resources, which have 
been converted to ore reserves 
and at 100%, irrespective of 
the percentage attributable 
to Exxaro. An exception is the 
reporting of Gamsberg and Black 
Mountain, because figures received 

from Vedanta Resources plc 
(JORC Code) represent resources 
exclusive of reserves and reported 
as on 31 March 2013. Significant 
changes in the resource or reserve 
figures are explained by relevant 
footnotes to each table. 

Resource estimations are based 
on the latest available resource 
models, which incorporate all new 
validated geological information 
and, if applicable, revised resource 
definitions and classifications. The 
resource models are compiled as 
a rule between May and August 
of the reporting year to align 
with the subsequent reserve 
estimation process. For the 
Exxaro operations and projects, 
Exxaro uses a systematic review 
process that measures the level of 
maturity of the exploration work 
done, the extent of the geological 
potential, the mineability, security 
of tenure and associated geological 
risks/opportunities to establish 
an eventual extraction outline. 
The outline reflects the boundary 
within which ore occurrences are 
considered to have reasonable and 
realistic prospects for eventual 
economic extraction. All mineral 
resources in which Exxaro holds 
the controlling interest have 
been reviewed in 2013 to comply 
with the”reasonable and realistic 
prospects for eventual economic 
extraction” (SAMREC Code 2007). 
The location, quantity, quality and 
continuity of grade/quality and 
geology within this outline are 
known within varying degrees of 
confidence and are continuously 
tested by conducting exploration 
activities such as geophysical 
surveys, drilling and bulk sampling. 
Mineral resources are classified 
into inferred, indicated or measured 
categories based on the degree of 
geological confidence. Distribution 
of points of observation (drilling 
positions, trenches, etc), quality 
assurance and quality control in 
sample collection, evaluation of 

structural complexities and, in the 
case of operations, reconciliation 
results are considered in the 
classification of resources. A formal 
annually compiled and signed-off 
exploration strategy outlines the 
activities planned to investigate 
areas of low confidence and/or 
geology or structural complexities 
to ensure that resources with a high 
level of geological confidence are 
considered for mine planning. 

Ore reserves have the same 
meaning as mineral reserves as 
defined in the applicable reporting 
codes. Ore reserves are estimated 
using the relevant modifying factors 
at the time of reporting (mining, 
metallurgical, economic, marketing, 
legal environmental, social 
and regulatory requirements). 
Modifying factors are signed off 
before and after reserve estimation 
by the persons responsible to 
ensure that all factors are timeously 
and appropriately considered. 
Comprehensive modifying factor 
sign-off and reserve fact pacts 
that record losses, recoveries/
yields and other factors applied 
are documented in each of the 
independent competent persons’ 
reports. Exxaro is keenly aware 
of the importance of its mineral 
assets, both for the short-term 
profitability of its operations and 
the sustainability of the company. 
The optimisation of mineral 
assets beyond what is generally 
referred to as mineral resource 
management is being driven as a 
priority. Changes in the resources 
market, increased awareness of 
protecting the natural environment 
and changing legislation and 
statutory requirements demand a 
change in the utilisation strategy 
and execution of mining operations. 
Exxaro is continuously assessing 
the various life-of-mine strategic 
plans to consider the best way of 
addressing these challenges. 

57

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013MINERAL RESOURCES AND RESERVES 
continued

The Belfast project mining right 
was granted and executed. 
An application for a mining right 
over the Glisa South project area 
was submitted during the reporting 
period, depicting the successful 
conclusion of various high-standard 
technical studies. The Glisa South 
project area is adjacent to the Glisa 
(North Block Complex) reserve and 
is an extension of this operation. 
The mining right application for 
the Grootegeluk West project 
area, submitted in 2012, is 
progressing well. 

Comprehensive exploration 
drilling programmes at the Matla, 
Arnot and North Block Complex 
coal operations contributed to a 
better understanding of a number 
of geological and structural 
complexities and will enhance future 
extraction of coal reserves. Drilling 
and trenching at the Mayoko iron 
ore project in the Republic of the 
Congo increased the geological level 
of confidence of both the hematite 
and magnetite ore. Resource, 
geotechnical and hydro-geological 
drilling will proceed in 2014 to 
further define the resource base. 

Exxaro is currently divesting from 
the New Clydesdale coal mine based 
on a review which concluded that the 
mine was not strategically aligned 
to the group strategy. Tshikondeni is 
in a process of mine closure and will, 
during the next reporting period, 
downscale its mining activities. 

The person in Exxaro designated 
to take corporate responsibility for 
mineral resources, JH Lingenfelder, 
the undersigned, has reviewed and 
endorsed the reported estimates.

JH Lingenfelder
BSc Geology (hons)
Pr Sci Nat (400038/11)
Group	manager	geoscience

31 March 2014

The person in Exxaro designated 
to take corporate responsibility 
for ore reserves, J Hager, the 
undersigned, has reviewed and 
endorsed the reported estimates.

J Hager
B Mining (hons)
ECSA 20050209
Group	manager	mining	processes

31 March 2014

It is critical for Exxaro management 
and investors to have a high level 
of confidence in the company’s 
mineral assets and to have the 
assurance that these resources and 
reserves will deliver the expected 
value. Therefore, a mineral asset 
policy was drafted and approved 
by the Exxaro board in 2012. This 
policy was implemented in the 
reporting year by introducing 
procedures and governance 
measures designed to achieve 
this goal, while the drive to add 
additional good-quality mineral 
assets will continue. The process 
will greatly support the principles 
of competence, materiality and 
transparency within Exxaro. 

Mineral resources and ore reserves 
quoted fall within existing Exxaro 
mining or prospecting rights. 
Mining rights are of sufficient 
duration (or convey a legal right 
to convert or renew for sufficient 
duration) to enable all reserves 
to be mined in accordance with 
current production schedules. 
The processes and calculations 
associated with the estimate 
have been audited by internal 
competent persons and are audited 
by external consultants when 
deemed essential to establish 
transparency. In the case of mines 
or projects in which Exxaro does 
not hold the controlling interest, 
figures have been compiled by 
competent persons from the 
applicable companies and have not 
been audited by Exxaro. Resource 
and reserve estimation at Exxaro 
mines or projects outside Africa 
were done by competent persons 
as defined by the JORC Code.

58

Governance and 
remuneration

5907

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION

All	executive	committee	members	are	prescribed	officers	in	terms	of	the	Companies	Act	No	71	of	2008,	as	amended.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

SA Nkosi — Sipho (59)
Chief	executive	officer

BCom (hons)(econ), MBA (Univ Mass, USA), Diploma in marketing management 
(Unisa), Advanced management leadership programme (Oxford)

Experience: After 20 years in the industrial and mining sectors, Sipho 
was a founder of Eyesizwe Holdings and served as chief executive officer 
before its merger into Exxaro in 2006. He was appointed CEO of Exxaro in 
September 2007. Sipho is a director of a number of companies, including Sanlam 
Limited, and served as president of the Chamber of Mines from 2007 to 2010.

WA de Klerk — Wim (50)
Finance	director

BCom (hons)(acc), CA(SA), Executive management programme (Darden), 
Strategic marketing diploma (Harvard)

Experience: Wim joined Iscor in 1996, managed Iscor Quarries and the 
Grootegeluk Coal mine and became part of the executive team as group general 
manager for strategy and continuous improvement in 1999. Following Kumba’s 
inception in 2001, he headed the mineral sands operations and when Exxaro 
listed in 2006, he became executive general manager for mineral sands and 
base metals until his appointment as finance director in 2009.

MDM Mgojo — Mxolisi (53)
Executive	head:	coal

BSc (hons)(energy studies), MBA, Advanced management programme (Wharton) 

Experience: Previously at Eyesizwe Coal, Mxolisi was responsible for marketing. 
Before assuming his current position in August 2008, he was responsible for the 
base metals and industrial minerals commodity business.

MI Mthenjane — Mzila (44)
Executive	head:	strategy	and	corporate	affairs

BSc (eng)(mining), Senior management development programme (GIMT) 

Experience: Mzila has 20 years’ work experience, which includes seven years 
in mining (at AngloGold and Gold Fields), six years in investment banking (at 
RMB and Deutsche Bank) and the last six years at Royal Bafokeng Holdings 
and Royal Bafokeng Platinum in the role of executive: business sustainability. 
Mzila assumed his current role in May 2013.

60

M Piater — Retha (59) 
Executive	head:	human	resources

BCom (hons), MBA, Advanced management programme (Insead)

Experience: Retha has 30 years of human resources experience across 
the various business units and commodities, specifically in the area of 
remuneration.

PE Venter — Ernst (57)
Executive	head:	growth,	technology,	projects	&	services,	and	ferrous

BEng (hons), MBA, Advanced management programme (Insead)

Experience: Ernst has headed a number of portfolios including base metals, 
Zincor, consulting services, mining technology, coal beneficiation, process 
development and plant metallurgy. From 2002 to 2008, he was responsible for 
the coal commodity business and then established Exxaro’s business growth 
division. His portfolio now includes growth, technology, projects and services 
and the ferrous business of Exxaro.

M Veti — Mongezi (50)
General	manager:	safety,	health,	environment	and	community

National higher diplomas in metalliferous mining and coal mining (Technikon 
Witwatersrand), MBL (Unisa), Advanced management programme (Wharton), 
Mine overseer’s certificate and mine manager’s certificate of competency for 
fiery mines

Experience: In the early 1980s, Mongezi worked for AngloGold at Western Deep 
Levels and joined Sasol Mining in 1994. In 2002, he became mine manager at 
Arnot, and was appointed general manager Area 2 in Exxaro soon after the 
merger, before assuming his current role in February 2010.

CH Wessels — Carina (36) 
Group	company	secretary

LLB (Univ of Pretoria), Advanced labour law (Univ of Pretoria), LLM (Unisa), 
Programme for management development (GIBS), FCIS (CSSA)

Experience: Carina is an admitted advocate of the High Court of South Africa, 
and a fellow and past president of Chartered Secretaries Southern Africa. She 
is currently president of the Corporate Secretaries International Association. 
Carina spent nine years with De Beers in various operational and head-office 
positions, including human resources, business improvement and corporate 
secretariat, as well as a period with Investec as corporate secretariat legal 
advisor. She assumed her current role in June 2011.

61

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

DIRECTORATE

SA Nkosi — Sipho (59)
Chief	executive	officer	(executive	director)

Director since 28 November 2006 

See page 60

WA de Klerk — Wim (50)
Finance	director	(executive	director)

Director since 1 March 2009

See page 60

Dr CJ Fauconnier — Con (66)
Independent	non-executive	director	and	member	of	audit	and	sustainability,	
risk	and	compliance	committees	(will	take	over	as	chairman	of	the	
sustainability,	risk	and	compliance	committee	on	28	May	2014	and	stand	for	
election	as	a	member	of	the	social	and	ethics	committee	on	27	May	2014)

Director since 1 November 2013

BSc (eng)(mining), BSc (hons)(eng), MSc (eng), DEng (Pretoria), professional 
engineer, MBA (Oregon), DSc (honoris causa) (Free State), Strategic leadership 
programme (Oxford), Senior executive finance programme (Oxford)

Experience: Between 1969 and 1974, Con worked for various mining companies in 
the Anglo American group. For two years after that he was student and research 
assistant at the College of Business Administration, University of Oregon. 
From 1976 to 1995 he served in senior positions for various mining companies, 
including Gencor Limited and JCI Limited. In 1995 Con joined Iscor Limited and 
was later promoted to managing director of Iscor Mining. In June 2001, he was 
appointed chief executive of Kumba Resources Limited and in November 2006 
became chief executive officer of Exxaro Resources Limited. He also served on 
the executive council of the Chamber of Mines of South Africa and was president 
from 2003 to 2005. He is a registered international professional engineer and 
a fellow of the South African Institute of Mining & Metallurgy as well as the 
Institute of Directors of Southern Africa and the South African Academy of 
Engineering. He has been an honorary professor in the department of mining 
engineering at the University of Pretoria and a fellow at the Gordon Institute of 
Business Science since 2007. He was an independent non-executive director at 
Xstrata plc from 2010 until May 2013 and an independent mining industry and 
management consultant from September 2007 to December 2010.

62

JJ Geldenhuys — Jurie (71)
Independent	non-executive	director,	chairman	of	the	sustainability	risk	and	
compliance	committee,	member	of	the	remuneration	and	nomination,	audit	
and	social	and	ethics	committees	(will	retire	from	the	board	and	committees	
with	effect	from	27	May	2014)

Director since 28 November 2006

BSc (eng)(elec), BSc (eng)(mining), MBA (Stanford), professional engineer

Experience: From 1965 to 1980, Jurie held production and managerial positions 
on the gold, platinum and copper zinc mines of the Anglovaal group. From 1981 
until retirement, he served in technical and executive capacities involving gold, 
base metals, coal, ferrous metals and industrial minerals. He retired as managing 
director of Avgold Limited in 2000 and consulted to the group until 2002. 
He has served on the boards of Anglovaal Limited, Avmin Limited, Freegold 
Consolidated Mines Limited, Hartebeestfontein Gold Mining Company Limited, 
Lorraine Gold Mines Limited, Eastern Transvaal Gold Mines Limited, Iscor 
Limited and Sallies Limited. He served as the Chamber of Mines’ president (1993 
to 1994) and on the chamber’s executive council, gold producers’ committee and 
other chamber-related board committees. He also served on the Atomic Energy 
Council and National Water Advisory Council. He is currently non-executive 
director and chairman of Astral Foods Limited (chairing the nomination 
committee).

S Dakile-Hlongwane — Salukazi (63)
Independent	non-executive	director	and	member	of	sustainability,	risk	and	
compliance	committee

Director since 21 February 2012

BA (economics and statistics), MA (development economics)

Experience: Salukazi is chairman of Nozala Investments, which she co-founded 
in 1996. Her career experience includes: 1977-1982 senior investment officer, 
Lesotho National Development Corporation; 1983-1995 African Development 
Bank (Abidjan/Côte d’Ivoire) as country programme officer and later principal 
corporation officer; senior manager, structured finance division/FirstCorp 
Merchant Bank and assistant general manager, BOE Specialised Finance. 
Salukazi is a non-executive director of some of Nozala’s investee companies 
including Eqstra Holdings Limited, Enviroserv Holdings Limited, Woodlands Dairy 
Proprietary Limited, Afripack Proprietary Limited, Tsebo Outsourcing Group 
Proprietary Limited and Mutual Construction Company Proprietary Limited. She 
is also a non-executive director of MultiChoice South Africa Holdings Limited.

63

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Dr D Konar — Len (60)
Independent	non-executive	director,	chairman	of	the	board	and	member	
of	remuneration	and	nomination	committee	(chairs	nomination	matters)

Director since 28 November 2006

BCom, CA(SA), MAS, DCom, CRMA

Experience: After completing his articles at Ernst & Young in Durban, Len began 
his career as an academic at the University of Durban-Westville. He then spent 
six years with the Independent Development Trust as head of investments 
and internal audit, prior to becoming a professional director of companies and 
consultant. Len is chairman of Steinhoff International and Mustek Limited and a 
member of the boards of Illovo Sugar, Sappi and JD Group. He is a past member 
of the ad hoc ethics panel of the United Nations, safeguards panel of the 
International Monetary Fund in Washington, co-chairman of the implementation 
oversight panel of the World Bank, and past chairman and member of the 
external audit committee of the International Monetary Fund.

NB Mbazima — Norman (55)
Non-executive	director	and	member	of	remuneration	and	nomination	
committee

Director since 30 November 2012

Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants (FCCA), Fellow of 
the Zambia Institute of Chartered Accountants (FZICA)

Experience: Norman joined Kumba Iron Ore in September 2012 as CEO. As 
CEO of Anglo American Thermal Coal from October 2009, he spearheaded the 
business unit’s record operating profit in 2011, combined with an improved safety 
performance. Under his leadership, the Zibulo mine in South Africa reached 
commercial operating levels ahead of schedule, and Thermal Coal has actively 
participated in the pursuit of cleaner coal solutions for the world’s energy needs. 
A chartered accountant by profession, Norman worked at Zambia Consolidated 
Copper Mines before spending 17 years with Deloitte & Touche, also in Zambia. 
He has extensive experience of the Anglo American group, after joining in 2001, 
serving as CEO of Scaw Metals, both finance director and acting CEO of Anglo’s 
platinum business; CFO of the then Anglo Coal business and CFO of Konkola 
Copper mines.

VZ Mntambo — Zwelibanzi (56)
Non-executive	director	and	member	of	remuneration	and	nomination	
committee

Director since 28 November 2006

BJuris, LLB (Univ North West), LLM (Yale)

Experience: Zwelibanzi is executive chairman of Xalam Performance. He was 
previously senior lecturer at the University of Natal; executive director of 
IMSSA; director-general of Gauteng Province and chairman of the Commission 
for Conciliation, Mediation and Arbitration. He is chairman of Main Street 333 
Proprietary Limited. He is also a director of SA Tourism Proprietary Limited and 
a trustee of the Paleo-Anthropologial Scientific Trust.

64

RP Mohring — Rick (66)
Independent	non-executive	director,	chairman	of	remuneration	and	
nomination	committee,	member	of	audit,	sustainability,	risk	and	compliance	
and	social	and	ethics	committees

Director since 28 November 2006

BSc (eng)(mining), MDP, professional engineer

Experience: From 1972 to 1998, Rick held production, managerial and executive 
positions in the gold and coal divisions of the Rand Mines and Billiton groups. 
From 1998 until 2000, he was chief executive officer of NewCoal, a black 
empowerment initiative set up by Anglo Coal and Ingwe Coal Corporation. 
Eyesizwe Coal, the largest BEE coal company in South Africa, was formed 
in November 2000 through this process, with Rick serving as deputy chief 
executive officer until 2003. As such, he was responsible for the operational 
control of mines producing 25Mtpa of coal, new business development, technical 
services and health and safety. After 37 years in the mining industry, Rick retired 
from Eyesizwe Coal in December 2003 and set up a private consulting company, 
Mohring Mining Consulting.

Dr MF Randera — Fazel (65)
Non-executive	director	and	chairman	of	social	and	ethics	committee

Director since 13 June 2012

MRCS, LRCP, DRCOG

Experience: Globally, Fazel has served as board and council member of the 
World Medical Association (1997-2000), participated in the World Health 
Organization international inquiry into the tobacco industry (1998-1999) and 
chaired the global initiative on HIV/Aids reporting (2004). In South Africa, he 
sat on the Truth and Reconciliation Commission (1995-1998), founded the Ethics 
Institute and served as its chairman (1997-2000), and served on the Human 
Rights Commission (1997-1999). Working in hospitals and facilities in the UK 
and South Africa, he specialised in a range of medical disciplines, including 
occupational health and HIV/Aids. Fazel chaired the Private Healthcare Forum 
(2004-2007) and was a member of the South African Centre for Survivors of 
Torture (2006-2011). He was inspector general for South Africa’s intelligence 
services (1999-2001) and served on a number of ministerial advisory bodies. 
He was the health advisor at the Chamber of Mines and is deputy chairman of 
Nehawu Investment Holdings and MediTech South Africa.

65

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

NL Sowazi — Nkululeko (50)
Independent	non-executive	director

Director since 28 November 2006

BA, MA (UCLA)

Experience: Nkululeko is chairman of Kagiso Tiso Holdings, a leading diversified 
investment holding company with interests in media, infrastructure, power, 
resources and financial services. He serves on the boards of Aveng Limited 
and Actom Holdings. He is also chairman of Idwala Industrial Holdings, Litha 
Healthcare Group and The Home Loan Guarantee Company. He was previously 
executive chairman and co-founder of Tiso Group, an executive director of 
African Bank Investments Limited and managing director of specialist insurance 
agency, Mortgage Indemnity Fund.

J van Rooyen — Jeff (64)
Independent	non-executive	director	and	chairman	of	audit	committee

Director since 12 August 2008

BCom, BCompt (hons), CA(SA)

Experience: Jeff is a director of various companies in the Uranus Group, 
non-executive director of MTN Group Limited, Pick n Pay Stores Limited and 
Pick n Pay Holdings Limited. He is chairman of the Financial Reporting Standards 
Council (FRSC), a former trustee of the International Accounting Standards 
Foundation and member of the University of Pretoria’s faculty of economic and 
management sciences’ oversight board. He was a partner in Deloitte & Touche, 
chairman of the Public Accountants and Auditors Board, CEO of the Financial 
Services Board and advisor to the former Minister of Public Enterprises. 
Jeff is a founder member and former president of the Association for the 
Advancement of Black Accountants of South Africa.

D Zihlangu — Rain (47)
Independent	non-executive	director	and	member	of	sustainability,	risk	and	
compliance	committee

Director since 28 November 2006

BSc (eng)(mining) (Wits), MDP (SBL, Unisa), MBA (WBS, Wits)

Experience: Rain is CEO of Eyabantu Capital Consortium. Between 1989 and 1994 
he was a stoper/developer and shift boss at Vaal Reefs Gold Mining Company. 
From 1995 to 2002 he progressed to mine manager at Impala Platinum Limited. 
Rain was CEO of Alexkor Limited from 2002 until 2005. From 2006 to November 
2012, he was an independent non-executive director of the South African 
National Oil and Gas Company (PetroSA) and served on its business performance 
monitoring committee. He also serves on the board of Sentula Mining.

66

Meeting attendance 2013

12 Feb 13
subcom

4 Mar 13
board

15 Apr 13
subcom

23 Apr 13
governance

30 May 13 
board

20 Aug 13 
board

4 Oct 13 
governance

28 Nov 13 
board

P

NR

P

P

NR

NR

P

P

NR

NR

P

NR

P

P

P

P

A

P

A

P

P

P

P

P

P

NR

P

P

P

P

Not yet appointed

NR

NR

T

NR

P

NR

NR

A

NR

P

P

P

A

P

P

A

A

P

P

P

P

P

T/PA

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

A

P

P

P

P

P

P

A

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Board 

D Konar (chairman) 

S Dakile-Hlongwane 

WA de Klerk 

CJ Fauconnier

JJ Geldenhuys 

NB Mbazima

VZ Mntambo 

RP Mohring 

SA Nkosi 

MF Randera

NL Sowazi 

J van Rooyen 

D Zihlangu 

P	 =	present.
A	 =	apology.
T	 =	telecon.
NR	=	not	required.
PA	 =	partial	attendance.

Audit committee 

J van Rooyen (chairman) 

CJ Fauconnier

RP Mohring 

JJ Geldenhuys 

P	 =	present.

28 Feb 13

4 Jun 13

15 Aug 13

20 Nov 13

P

P

P

P

Not yet appointed

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

67

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Remuneration and nomination committee

26 Feb 13

4 Jun 13*

14 Aug 13*

28 Nov 13*

RP Mohring (chairman) 

JJ Geldenhuys 

D Konar 

NB Mbazima

VZ Mntambo 

P	 =	present.	
A	 =	apology.	
T	 =	telecon.	

*	

Including	nomination	committee	matters.

P

P

T

P

A

P

P

P

A

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Sustainability, risk and compliance committee 

26 Feb 13

30 May 13

14 Aug 13

29 Oct 13

JJ Geldenhuys (chairman) 

CJ Fauconnier

RP Mohring 

S Dakile-Hlongwane 

D Zihlangu 

P	 =	present.

Social and ethics committee

MF Randera (chairman)

JJ Geldenhuys 

RP Mohring 

P	 =	present.

We firmly believe that our licence to 
operate depends on being a responsible 
corporate citizen.

68

P

P

P

P

P

Not yet appointed

P

P

P 

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

3 Jul 13

11 Dec 13

P

P

P

P 

P

P

GOVERNANCE

As a listed resources company, Exxaro operates 
in an extremely regulated environment. This 
naturally drives our governance, risk and 
compliance initiatives. Equally, however, as an 
ethical, values-based and proudly South African 
black-empowered resources company, our 
governance, risk and compliance initiatives are 
driven by more than minimum requirements, but 
rather the firm belief that our licence to operate 
depends on being a responsible corporate citizen.

As such, we take decisions that enable 
our strategy, ensure our profitability and 
performance, and consider our risks, while 
striving to meet the legitimate interests and 
expectations of our stakeholders through actions 
that are socially and environmentally responsible.

By balancing these imperatives, we entrench our 
sustainability and make a meaningful contribution 
to the South African economy.

Balancing these imperatives and ensuring a well 
governed and ethical organisation is one of the 
chief executive officer’s key performance areas: 
this ensures that governance, aligned with King III 
recommended practices, is always on the agenda.

The following diagrammatic overview presents a holistic view of our governance structures and processes:

SHAREHOLDERS AND STAKEHOLDERS

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Adds value through strategic leadership and guidance, and ultimate oversight in ensuring a sustainable business that is 

accountable to shareholders and responsible to other stakeholders.

SOCIAL AND ETHICS 
COMMITTEE

Adds value by providing independent oversight on matters in the Remco and SRC committees’ mandates by reviewing actions 

through a moral lens or based on a more holistic ethical view, as well as taking accountability for specific areas within 
its mandate.

STRATEGIC

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE

REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE

SUSTAINABILITY, RISK AND 
COMPLIANCE COMMITTEE

Adds value by assessing, questioning 

and ensuring the company’s 
financial sustainability, and by 
providing oversight over  
IT governance.

Adds value by ensuring optimal remuneration 
structures to attract, retain and motivate 
world-class employees who will enable and 
support the business strategy, as well as 
assisting the board to identify and source 
appropriately skilled directors who can 
individually and collectively add value to 
the board.

Adds value by critically assessing all 
sustainability, risk and compliance 
key performance indicators, discipline 
strategies and performance, as well as 
reviewing SHE incidents, thus assisting 
the board and management to enable 
safe, sustainable and legally compliant 
business practices.

EXECUTIVE/SENIOR MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

PORTFOLIO REVIEW COMMITTEE

Adds value by assisting the CEO in managing the 
business to enable and ensure the company 
achieves its strategies and objectives.

Adds value by testing new strategies and initiatives against the 
company’s mission and vision prior to further action/changes 
in strategy being recommended to the board.

INFORMATION 

MANAGEMENT STEERING 
COMMITTEE

Adds value by ensuring IT is 

well governed, and enables 
and supports the company’s 
overall objectives at an 
acceptable cost.

INVESTMENT REVIEW 
COMMITTEE
Adds value by interrogating 
all capital projects above the 
executive heads’ mandate 
against financial, technical 
and strategic metrics prior 
to action.

OFFSHORE REVIEW 
COMMITTEE
Adds value by ensuring 
effective management and 
tax efficiency, and ensuring 
local legislative compliance of 
the company’s offshore and 
financing structures. 

ETHICS  
COMMITTEE
Adds value by investigating  
all claims of unethical 
behaviour and recommending 
appropriate action.

Commodity, regional, business unit, discipline, departmental and project 

committees and forums

OPERATIONAL/TACTICAL

The	main	filter	applied	to	the	governance	structure/framework	is	that	of	materiality:	the	more	material	or	risky	the	issue,	the	higher	it	is	elevated	up	the	governance	
structure.	Less	material	or	operational	issues	are	handled	through	business	unit	or	commodity	structures.

69

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

APPLICATION OF KING III

Exxaro is committed to applying 
the principles and practices in the 
King report on governance for 
South Africa 2009 (King III). We 
have significantly expanded our 
King III application disclosure in 
this report for a complete view 
of our governance frameworks, 
policies, activities and 
performance.

As indicated in the 2012 integrated 
report, this year’s report 
contains only the information on 
King III chapter 2 (boards and 
directors), with the remainder 
of the information available on 
our website or cross referenced 
elsewhere in this report.

King III assurance review

As promised in the 2012 report, 
Exxaro had an independent 
assurance review performed by 
Ithemba Governance and Statutory 
Solutions Proprietary Limited 
on our King III application, based 
on the Institute of Directors’ 
assessment tool. Our overall score 
was AAA (the highest application). 

We strive to meet the legitimate interests and 
expectations of our stakeholders through actions 
that are socially and environmentally responsible.

READ MORE>
Governance	section

Status

Category

Board composition

Remuneration

Governance office bearers

Board role and duties

Accountability

Performance assessment

Board committees

Group boards

AAA	—	highest	application.
AA	—	high	application.
BB	—	notable	application.
B	—	moderate	application.
C	—	application	to	be	improved.
L	—	low	application.	

70

Score 

AAA

AAA

AAA

AAA

AAA

BB

AAA

AAA

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.1

The board 
should act as the 
focal point for 
and custodian 
of corporate 
governance

2.2

The board should 
appreciate that 
strategy, risk, 
performance and 
sustainability are 
inseparable

2.3

The board should 
provide effective 
leadership based 
on an ethical 
foundation

	 Applied.

The board operates in accordance with a detailed charter, based on King III, and, 
inter alia, deals specifically with the roles, responsibilities and accountabilities of the 
board. It meets at least four times a year and corporate governance best practice, 
trends and developments are standing items on the agenda. In addition, the board 
is informed of governance matters through ongoing development interventions and 
sessions – refer principle 2.20 for further details.

A detailed annual plan ensures the board executes all its responsibilities and 
complies with its charter.

The board, as custodian of corporate governance, has made the office of the 
group company secretary responsible for implementing and monitoring compliance 
to associated best practices across the group. Our group company secretary, 
Carina Wessels, is a member of the executive committee (Exco); she reports directly 
to the CEO and has direct access to the chairman. She works closely with internal 
audit, the compliance and risk management functions, chief audit executive and our 
outsourced legal advisers to promote a culture of good governance and compliance 
in the group.

The board charter specifically emphasises the fact that the board acknowledges 
that strategy, risk, performance and sustainability are inseparable and the board 
gives effect to this philosophy by:
•  Contributing to and approving the strategy annually, at which point past 

performance, key risks and sustainability matters are also debated

•  Testing the strategy against the company’s long-term vision, values, business 

principles, ie the capitals framework and stakeholder expectations

•  Satisfying itself that strategy and business plans do not result in risks that have 
not been thoroughly assessed and addressed by management and captured 
through the comprehensive enterprise risk management process

•  Identifying key performance and risk areas
•  Ensuring the strategy will produce sustainable outcomes
•  Considering sustainability as a business opportunity that guides 

strategy formulation.

The discussion of our strategic objectives remains a method to further highlight 
the integration and importance of strategy, risk, performance and sustainability 
to stakeholders.

The board and SRC committee also monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) for 
material issues, as well as a broader range of sustainability, risk and compliance 
KPIs and interrogate the results of trend reporting.

We are driven by our desire to always operate as a responsible corporate 
citizen and recognise that an ethical culture underpins corporate governance 
and contributes to our licence to operate. Exxaro and its board of directors are 
committed to ensuring ethical and sustainable business practices, guided by 
our values. Our values are captured in our ethics and related policies, which are 
approved by the social and ethics committee on behalf of the board.

71

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.4

The board should 
ensure that the 
company is and 
is seen to be 
a responsible 
corporate citizen

2.5

The board should 
ensure that the 
company’s ethics 
are managed 
effectively

	 Applied.

72

The board and management subscribe to the philosophy that corporate governance 
– built on an ethical and values-based foundation that considers the expectations 
of all stakeholders – permeates all business activities and enables us to achieve 
our short- and medium-term strategic objectives, while contributing to reaching 
Exxaro’s vision. 

The board provides strategic guidance to Exxaro and ensures that all decisions 
consider the immediate and long-term impact these have on the environment, the 
communities in which we operate, internal and external stakeholders and business 
sustainability in general.

Individual directors are very aware of their duties and adherence to these, as well as 
to the principles of responsibility, accountability, fairness and transparency, which 
are tested through the annual board evaluation process – refer principle 2.22 under 
boards and directors for more information.

The board supports the group’s brand and communications strategy which strives 
to effectively communicate its corporate citizenship.

During the reporting period, R57 million (2012: R50 million) was spent through the 
chairman’s fund and foundation on social and labour plans, uplifting and supporting 
the communities in which we operate, as well as charitable projects and initiatives.

Refer principle 2.11 for more information on stakeholder engagement.

In 2013, the group received several awards, detailed on page 36. 

Exxaro has a board-approved political donations policy, which acknowledges that 
the primary purpose of these donations is to strengthen and consolidate democracy 
by ensuring political parties are able to function effectively. Sustaining a number of 
political parties that reflect a variety of political views and opinions is necessary to 
consolidate democratic transformation in South Africa. The company believes the 
principle of multiparty democracy, as contained in the founding provisions of the 
Constitution of the Republic of South Africa 1996, deserves support by corporate 
South Africa.

In support of the 2014 elections, the company made the following political 
donations:
•  African National Congress: R10 million
•  Democratic Alliance: R2,6 million
•  The Congress of the People: R1 million
•  Inkatha Freedom Party: R1 million
•  Freedom Front Plus: R500 000
•  United Democratic Movement: R500 000.

Exxaro remains committed to the highest standards of honesty, integrity 
and fairness.

Ethics processes and policies are managed either by the general manager: 
governance, risk and compliance or the group company secretary.

Established policies, on which employees are regularly trained and which are 
frequently reviewed, include:
•  Code of ethics
•  Whistleblowing
•  Conflicts of interest
•  Fraud investigation
•  Fraud prevention
•  Fraud response
•  Gifts and benefits from suppliers.

Refer the social and ethics committee report for more information.

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.6

The board 
should ensure 
the company has 
an effective and 
independent audit 
committee

Section 3.84(d) 
of the Listings 
Requirements

Shareholders elect members of the audit committee, which consists only of 
independent non-executive directors, annually.

The committee operates under detailed terms of reference, reviewed and approved 
by the board annually.

The committee meets at least four times a year and meets with internal and 
external auditors independently of management at the first and third meetings of 
the year, to align with the review of the annual and interim financial statements.

Refer the audit committee report and chapter 3 on audit committees for more 
information (web).

2.7

The board should 
be responsible for 
the governance 
of risk

Although the board has delegated responsibility for the enterprise risk management 
framework and executing risk management initiatives and interventions to the 
SRC committee and management respectively, it retains accountability for risk 
governance, as expressly indicated in the board charter.

The enterprise risk management framework, which considers the interrelationship 
between strategy, risk, performance and sustainability, guides the approach and 
was approved by the board in November 2011.

Refer the risk management section for more information on the framework and 
operational process.

Detailed risk reporting is presented to the SRC committee at least bi-annually 
and the committee reports verbally and via committee minutes to the board at 
each meeting. Risks are also discussed in detail during the annual board strategy 
session. Based on this information, as well as the annual internal audit review of the 
effectiveness of the risk management process, the board is comfortable with the 
efficacy and effectiveness of the enterprise risk management system and process.

Refer chapter 4 on the governance of risk for more information (web).

As reported in 2012, the board initially retained accountability for IT governance. 
An information management steering committee was established to assist the 
board in discharging its responsibilities on the effective and efficient management 
of IT resources and the integrity of information to achieve corporate objectives. 

In August 2013, detailed information was again presented to the board, when it 
was decided to delegate this responsibility to the audit committee. The board-
approved information and communications technology governance framework 
remains in force and future reporting to the audit committee will occur in terms of 
this framework.

The independent external auditors, as part of their annual audit, provide assurance 
on, inter alia, the effectiveness of IT internal controls. In addition, assurance 
activities performed by our independent internal auditors showed significant 
improvement in IT governance and controls from 2012 to 2013.

Refer chapter 5 on the governance of IT for more information (web).

2.8

The board should 
be responsible 
for information 
technology (IT) 
governance 

	 Applied.

73

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.9

The board should 
ensure the 
company complies 
with all applicable 
laws and considers 
adherence to 
non-binding 
rules, codes and 
standards 

2.10

The board should 
ensure there is an 
effective risk-based 
internal audit

	 Applied.

74

The board has adopted a compliance policy that sets out our compliance 
framework, which is in line with the standards of the Compliance Institute of South 
Africa. The compliance process is fully integrated in the enterprise risk management 
process. This ensures compliance risks are addressed with the same rigour as 
other categories of risk.

The SRC committee is charged, under its terms of reference, to review the 
compliance framework, process and all compliance risks as part of the enterprise 
risk management process.

The risk impact matrix, adopted by the board, specifically refers to compliance 
impacts that would prevent Exxaro from achieving its strategic objectives. To ensure 
the best overall risk coverage, standardisation and discharging the accountability of 
risk owners, the implementation of all mitigation techniques is coordinated centrally.

Our combined assurance process is risk-based and, in 2013, specific emphasis 
was placed on assurance activities covering our most important compliance 
controls relating to ’licence to operate’.

The following compliance assurance activities have been concluded and findings 
reported:
•  Compliance to mining charter, issued in terms of the Mineral and Petroleum 

Resources Development Act 28 of 2002 (MPRDA)

•  Compliance to social and labour plans, which form part of every mining right
•  Compliance to environmental legislation including MPRDA, National Water Act 36 

of 1998 and National Environmental Management Act 107 of 1998.

Compliance KPIs, and the overall efficacy of the process, are reported to the SRC 
committee which, in turn, reports to the board verbally and by submitting minutes 
at each of its meetings.

Extensive compliance training was conducted at strategic, tactical and operational 
level during the year, covering the following topics:
•  MPRDA Amendment Bill 2013
•  Protection of Personal Information Act 4 of 2013
•  Compliance reporting requirements in terms of all licence-to-operate conditions.

In addition to management training, the board receives legislative and best-practice 
updates at each meeting, as well as during the bi-annual governance session – 
refer principle 2.20 under boards and directors for more information.

Compliance is not only a legal imperative, but a moral and ethical imperative. 
Therefore we have specifically decided to implement many of the best practices 
(based on legislation and non-binding rules, codes and standards) applicable in 
South Africa to our project in the Republic of the Congo, where such legislation 
does not necessarily exist and where we do not have a legal obligation to do so.

The company received no material fines or penalties for non-compliance in 2013.

Refer chapter 6 on compliance with laws, rules, codes and standards for more 
information (web).

The internal audit function is outsourced to Ernst & Young (EY).

Its responsibilities are set out in an internal audit charter approved by the audit 
committee and reviewed annually. The charter, inter alia, entrenches the risk-based 
audit approach, reporting lines to the chief audit executive, unrestricted access to 
the information and resources of the company, chairmen of the audit committee 
and board, as well as adherence to the standards for the professional practice of 
internal auditing and the code of ethics of the Institute of Internal Auditors.

EY liaises regularly with the general manager: governance, risk and compliance, 
who is also the chief audit executive, and discusses the risk profile of the group 
and those of its business units to ensure a link between internal audit activities and 
risk profiles.

Refer chapter 7 on internal audit for more information (web).

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.11

The board should 
appreciate that 
stakeholders’ 
perceptions affect 
the company’s 
reputation 

2.12

The board should 
ensure the integrity 
of the company’s 
integrated report

2.13

The board should 
report on the 
effectiveness of the 
company’s system 
of internal controls

The board keenly understands the link between stakeholder perceptions and 
Exxaro’s reputation. Stakeholder engagement is therefore a critical part of our 
business as it influences both stakeholder perceptions and our reputation. 
Stakeholder relations can be affected by several of Exxaro’s identified top risks.

Our stakeholders set the context within which we operate and we therefore strive 
for effective stakeholder engagement to operate a sustainable business. The aim 
is to promote two-way engagement so that Exxaro and stakeholders understand 
one another.

From 2013, the company has focused more closely on stakeholder engagement, 
including the appointment of an executive responsible for coordinating this function.

To date, Exxaro has engaged with its full range of stakeholders. To ensure best 
practice and consistency, in 2014, we intend to adopt the AccountAbility 1000SES 
stakeholder engagement standard – the acknowledged benchmark for quality 
engagement – which will guide the process of mapping stakeholders, linking 
material issues to relevant stakeholders, and more.

Refer the section on stakeholders and chapter 8 on governing stakeholder 
relationships for more information (web).

Functional owners are accountable to ensure the integrity of data and general 
information in the integrated report under the guidance and coordination of an 
editorial committee.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated (PwC) assures key performance indicators 
and summarised financial information disclosed in the integrated report.

The board reviews and finally approves the content of the integrated report prior to 
publication and circulation.

Refer chapter 9 on integrated reporting and disclosure for more information (web).

As noted in the audit committee report, there has been a marked improvement in 
the pervasive control environment since 2012 after challenges with implementing 
a new operating model and associated technological enabler. The independent 
external auditors were able to rely on a number of processes due to the improved 
control environment while still applying appropriate substantive procedures in 
instances where control reliance was not justified to mitigate potential risks. 
The chief audit executive and audit committee continue to regularly monitor 
progress and maturity improvement in the internal control environment.

The board is satisfied with progress to date and mitigating actions, and will continue 
to receive feedback on progress from the audit committee.

2.14

The board and its 
directors should act 
in the best interests 
of the company

The board strictly adheres to its fiduciary duties and duty of care and skill codified 
in the Companies Act. These are mirrored in the conflicts of interest policy, which 
also applies to directors. Directors are permitted to obtain independent advice in 
connection with their duties and liabilities.

Conflicts are declared at each board meeting and conservatively interpreted: 
all conflicts (even those broader than the definition of personal financial interests) 
are treated in line with section 75 of the Companies Act.

The securities dealing and information policy, which includes the process required 
for dealing in securities by directors, was updated in 2013.

	 Applied.

75

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

The audit committee reviews financial information in detail and recommends 
specific action to the board if required. The committee regularly reviews the 
solvency and liquidity of the group, as well as the going-concern statement.

In addition, when considering and reviewing the provision of financial assistance 
to related and inter-related parties, as well as considering dividends payable, 
the board considers the solvency and liquidity of the group. During the year, the 
company met the solvency and liquidity test each time it was performed.

The roles of the CEO and chairman are separate; Dr Len Konar is an independent 
non-executive director and the CEO is Sipho Nkosi.

Based on an evaluation of his performance and ability to add value, the chairman 
is re-elected by the board annually.

The role and responsibilities of the chairman are articulated in the board charter 
and further entrenched in the division of responsibilities policy.

The board appointed Sipho Nkosi as CEO on 1 September 2007.

His role and responsibilities are articulated in the board charter and further 
entrenched in the division of responsibilities policy.

A detailed delegation of authority policy and framework indicate matters reserved 
for the board and those delegated to management.

Remco provides input on senior management succession planning.

In line with the recommendations of King III, Exxaro has a unitary board structure, 
comprising:
•  Eight independent non-executive directors
•  Three non-executive directors
•  Two executive directors.

A new process was introduced in 2013 to assess the status of directors who were 
accordingly reclassified: all directors (other than those nominated by a shareholder 
with the clear and unambiguous ability to control or significantly influence 
management or the board, namely Messrs NB Mbazima, VZ Mntambo and 
Dr MF Randera) were required to complete a questionnaire based on the principles 
contained in King III and the Listings Requirements to assist Remco in assessing 
their independence.

The group company secretary maintains a board skills and experience matrix 
to ensure breadth and depth of skills and experience to support and enable the 
company’s vision and strategy: new board nominations are assessed against gaps 
identified in the matrix.

One third of non-executive directors retire by rotation annually.

The memorandum of incorporation does not restrict the board’s ability to remove 
a director without shareholder approval.

In line with the board charter, Remco is responsible for identifying suitable 
candidates and vetting nominee directors to be proposed to shareholders for 
approval. Summarised résumés are included in the integrated report to assist 
shareholders in the election process.

New directors receive a detailed letter of appointment and undergo induction as 
discussed in principle 2.20.

2.15

2.16

2.17

2.18

The board should 
consider business 
rescue proceedings 
or other turnaround 
mechanisms 
as soon as 
the company 
is financially 
distressed as 
defined in the Act

The board should 
elect a chairman 
who is an 
independent non-
executive director. 
The CEO should 
not also fulfil the 
role of chairman of 
the board

The board should 
appoint the chief 
executive officer 
and establish a 
framework for 
delegation of 
authority

The board should 
comprise a balance 
of power, with a 
majority of non-
executive directors. 
The majority of 
non-executive 
directors should be 
independent

Sections 3.84(b), 
(f) and (g) of 
the Listings 
Requirements

2.19

Directors should be 
appointed through 
a formal process.

Sections 3.84(a) and 
(e) of the Listings 
Requirements

	 Applied.

76

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.20

The induction and 
ongoing training 
and development of 
directors should be 
conducted through 
formal processes 

2.21

The board should 
be assisted by 
a competent, 
suitably qualified 
and experienced 
company secretary

Sections 3.84(i) and 
(j) of the Listings 
Requirements

The formal board induction programme is managed by the group company 
secretary: new directors are informed of their duties and responsibilities, and 
information on the company is provided through extensive induction material, 
discussions and visits to material business units. All have access to key 
management members for information on Exxaro’s operations. 

The formal ongoing directors’ development programme involves two full-day 
sessions during the year, visits to key business units, and the opportunity to attend 
outsourced training interventions as required.

Topics for the 2013 full-day sessions included:
•  An overview of the governance, risk and compliance journey, implementation 

status and successes, including a discussion on risk tolerance levels

•  Information and required action in terms of the Protection of Personal Information 

Bill 9 of 2009

•  Feedback from an information management security assessment
•  Legal context and status of the mining charter and social and labour plans
•  Investor relations processes and principles
•  The failings of Barings Bank and related risk control lessons
•  Global trends in the mining industry
•  Transnet freight and rail operational plan
•  Amendments to the MPRDA
•  Directors’ and officers’ liability insurance overview.

In addition to formal sessions, directors receive group and industry news articles 
daily, as well as regular analyst reports. During the year, R780 000 (2012: 
R1,2 million) was spent on director development and support activities, information 
sharing and corporate governance initiatives. The primary reason for the reduction 
related to the 2013 board assessment process being handled internally.

Visits to operational businesses for all directors are part of the annual board 
programme and, due to its strategic importance, the 2013 visit was to the Mayoko 
project in the Republic of the Congo.

The board selects and appoints the group company secretary and recognises this 
person’s pivotal role in entrenching good corporate governance. All directors have 
access to the advice and services of the group company secretary. The board 
has an established procedure for directors to obtain independent professional 
advice at the group’s cost. The group company secretary assists directors, board 
committees and their members in obtaining professional advice.

Carina Wessels was appointed group company secretary on 1 July 2011.

As stipulated by the Listings Requirements, a detailed assessment was conducted 
by the board to consider and satisfy itself of the competence, qualifications and 
experience of the company secretary. This was performed by:
•  A review of her qualifications and experience: Carina holds LLB and LLM 

degrees, a certificate in advanced labour law, is an admitted advocate of the 
High Court of South Africa, has completed a programme for management 
development and is a fellow and past president of Chartered Secretaries 
Southern Africa (CSSA). In 2013 she was vice-president of the Corporate 
Secretaries International Association, a global federation of corporate secretaries 
representing 70 000 members worldwide, and on 1 January 2014 succeeded as 
president. She is a member of the Computershare issuer forum board, as well as 
the JSE company secretary forum. During the year, she delivered presentations 
at a number of local and international corporate governance conferences and 
exceeded her continuing professional development requirements stipulated 
by CSSA. 

•  Completing an assessment detailing all the legislative and King III requirements 
by each director. This indicated that directors mostly strongly agreed that all 
requirements had been met, including competence, qualifications and experience 
requirements.

She does not serve as a director of the board and the assessment confirmed her 
arm’s-length relationship with the board.

	 Applied.

77

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.22

The evaluation 
of the board, its 
committees and 
the individual 
directors should 
be performed 
every year

2.23

The board should 
delegate certain 
functions to 
well-structured 
committees 
but without 
abdicating its own 
responsibilities 

Section 3.84(d) 
of the Listings 
Requirements

	 Applied.

78

Independent board evaluations are conducted every third year, with evaluations 
performed by the group company secretary during the other years.

In 2013, evaluations of the board and committees were conducted by the group 
company secretary. Results achieved and areas requiring some improvement 
(average score of below 2,5) were:

Board: 3,54 out of 4
•  Mentorship programmes for inexperienced directors

Audit committee: 3,57 out of 4

Remuneration and nomination committee: 3,39 out of 4
•  Consideration of committee budget and business plan, key performance 

indicators and other factors determining its performance

•  Non-executive director fees not comprising a base fee and attendance fee per meeting
•  Lack of detailed long-term succession plan for directors – especially the risk to 

board composition from possible changes in 2016.

Social and ethics committee: 3,34 out of 4

SRC committee: 3,4 out of 4
•  Committee members are given and take the opportunity to meet separately 

without executives being present.

Action will be taken in 2014 to address these areas of improvement.

Our external auditors have performed certain agreed-upon procedures on our 
annual board evaluation process, and have reported their findings to the company.

Board committees assist the board in executing its duties, powers and authorities. 
The board delegates to each committee the required authority to enable them to 
fulfil their respective functions through formal board-approved terms of reference, 
which are reviewed annually.

Delegating authority to board committees or management does not mitigate or 
discharge the board and its directors of their duties and responsibilities. 

All committees consist of a majority of independent non-executive directors.

The board has established the following committees:

Audit committee

Apart from the statutory duties of the audit committee as set out in the Companies 
Act, and the provisions of the Listings Requirements and King III, the ambit of this 
committee has been expanded to include financial risk management, financial 
compliance and aspects of integrated reporting.

The purpose of the committee is to:
•  Examine and review the group’s financial statements and report on interim and final 
results, the accompanying message to stakeholders and any other announcements 
on the company’s results or other financial information to be made public

•  Oversee cooperation between internal and external auditors, and serve as a link 

between the board and these functions

•  Oversee the external audit function and approve audit fees
•  Evaluate the qualification, appropriateness, eligibility and independence of the 

external auditor

•  Approve the appointment of the internal auditors, the internal audit plan, charter 

and fees 

•  Evaluate the scope and effectiveness of the internal audit function
•  Ensure effective internal financial controls are in place
•  Review the integrity of financial risk control systems and policies
•  Evaluate the competency of the finance director and finance function
•  Appoint the chief audit executive
•  Oversee the effectiveness of the combined assurance plan and outcome.
More information appears in the audit committee report.

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.23

The board should 
delegate certain 
functions to 
well-structured 
committees 
but without 
abdicating its own 
responsibilities

Section 3.84(d) 
of the Listings 
Requirements

	 Applied.

Remuneration and nomination committee (Remco)

The purpose of this committee is to:
•  Make recommendations on remuneration policies and practices, including 
the company’s employee share schemes, for executive directors, senior 
management and employees

•  Review compliance with all statutory and best-practice requirements on labour 
and industrial relations management in collaboration with the SRC committee.

Although this is a combined committee, a process is in place to ensure the 
following responsibilities for the nomination element are carried out:
•  Provide recommendations on the composition of the board and board 

committees, and ensure the board comprises individuals equipped to fulfil their 
role as directors of the company, aligned with the policy detailing procedures for 
appointments to the board

•  Provide comments and suggestions on committee structures of the board, 
committee operations, member qualifications and member appointment.

More information appears in the remuneration report.

The board chairman chairs the meeting when discussing nomination matters.

Sustainability, risk and compliance (SRC) committee

The purpose of the committee is to:
•  Provide oversight on three important aspects influencing strategy and the long-

term viability of the company, being sustainability, risk and compliance

•  Oversee and coordinate all risk and compliance activities (although the audit 

committee remains accountable for financial risk and compliance)

•  Review significant SRC incidents, performance indicators and compliance
•  Ensure the company reports annually through an integrated report on relevant 

SRC issues.

Social and ethics committee

The purpose of the committee is to monitor the group’s activities, taking account of 
relevant legislation, other legal requirements or prevailing codes of best practice on:
•  Social and economic development
•  Good corporate citizenship
•  The environment, health and public safety, including the impact of the group’s 

activities and its products or services

•  Consumer relationships, including the group’s advertising, public relations and 

compliance with consumer protection laws

•  Labour and employment
•  The effective management of the group’s ethics processes.

More information appears in the social and ethics committee report.

Apart from the social and ethics committee which meets bi-annually, all other board 
committees meet quarterly.

79

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Principle

Indicator

Comment

Boards and directors

2.23

The board should 
delegate certain 
functions to 
well-structured 
committees 
but without 
abdicating its own 
responsibilities. 

Section 3.84(d) 
of the Listings 
Requirements

2.24

A governance 
framework should 
be agreed between 
the group and its 
subsidiary boards

The following key management committees support the board and chief executive 
officer (CEO) in the day-to-day management of the company (more details appear 
on the web): 

Executive committee (Exco)

Exco is constituted to assist the CEO in managing the group. It assists the CEO in 
guiding and controlling the overall direction of the company and acts as a medium 
of communication and coordination between business units, corporate office, 
subsidiary companies and the board. All Exco members are prescribed officers in 
terms of the Companies Act.

The committee formally meets around nine times each year and, informally, 
each week.

Information management (IM) steering committee 

The IM steering committee is constituted as a management committee to assist the 
audit committee in executing its responsibility for IT governance.

The committee meets four times a year.

Investment review committee

The investment review committee is constituted as a management committee to 
assist the CEO with the investment and capital expenditure management processes 
of the group.

The committee meets around nine times a year.

Offshore review committee

The offshore review committee is constituted as a management committee to assist 
the CEO and finance director in managing Exxaro’s portfolio of offshore investments 
and interests.

The committee meets at least twice a year.

Portfolio review committee

The portfolio review committee is constituted as a strategy management committee 
to assist the CEO with portfolio management.

The committee meets around nine times a year.

All Exxaro subsidiaries adopt and comply with the detailed delegation of authority 
framework and policy, which stipulates the governance framework. 

2.25 Companies 

Refer the extensive remuneration report for full details.

should remunerate 
directors and 
executives fairly 
and responsibly

2.26 Companies 

Refer the extensive remuneration report for full details.

should disclose 
the remuneration 
of each individual 
director and certain 
senior executives

Shareholders 
should approve 
the company’s 
remuneration policy

2.27

	 Applied.

80

At the 2013 annual general meeting, 93% of shareholders voted in favour of the 
remuneration policy by means of a non-binding advisory vote. This resolution has 
again been incorporated into the notice for the 2014 annual general meeting.

SOCIAL AND ETHICS 
COMMITTEE REPORT 

The social and ethics committee 
is constituted as a statutory 
committee under section 72(4) 
of the Companies Act (read in 
conjunction with Regulation 43 
of the Companies Regulations, 
2011), and as a board committee in 
respect of any specific functions 
delegated by the board. The 
committee additionally fulfils 
the role of a group committee 
and therefore no other Exxaro 
subsidiaries have established social 
and ethics committees.

The committee operates under 
approved terms of reference, as 
well as a detailed annual plan, 
which includes both its statutory 
duties and those assigned by the 
board. It acts both as an oversight 
committee for areas where the 
remuneration and nomination 
(Remco) and sustainability, risk and 
compliance (SRC) committees have 
accountability, and is accountable 
for certain areas that do not fall 
within the mandate of another 
committee. The chairmen of the 
Remco and SRC committees are 
required to report matters within 
the mandates of their respective 
committees to the social and ethics 
committee. 

The social and ethics committee 
adds value to the group by 
interrogating and providing 
independent oversight over the 
Remco and SRC committees ambit 
(ie discussing the moral imperative 
associated with certain operational 
discussions as dealt with at the 
Remco or SRC committee), as well 
as by discussing and taking action 
in areas where the committee itself 
is accountable. 

The committee consists of two 
independent non-executive 
directors and one non-executive 
director. Other attendees include 
subject-matter experts on each 
of the disciplines or areas falling 
within its mandate specified 
in regulation 43(5) of the 
Companies Act. It meets twice a 
year and details of attendance 
are disclosed on page 68 in the 
governance report.

With the exclusion of two areas, the 
committee carried out its duties 
and responsibilities as stipulated 
in the regulations and terms of 
reference. The areas not dealt with 
during the review period were the 
philosophy of charitable giving and 
consumer relationships, which will 
receive attention in 2014.

The committee received and 
considered the following reports 
during the reporting period:
•  Chairman’s fund and foundation: 
a report on charitable donations, 
initiatives and social and labour 
plan investments as part of 
Exxaro’s broader socio-economic 
responsibilities. A total of 
R57 million was spent in 2013 
and includes the company’s 
contribution to communities in 
which it operates 

•  Principles of the United Nations 
Global Compact: The company 
complies with each of the 
ten principles: some in the 
form of compliance with the 
South African constitution and 
legislation in general, through 
group-wide policies and others 
in the form of specific initiatives, 
which might change from year 
to year

•  Employment relationships 
and key challenges, skills 
development and Employment 
Equity Act 55 of 1998 
compliance: refer to the people 
section for more information
•  Preferential procurement and 
broad-based black economic 
empowerment: current status 
and future requirements in 
terms of both the MPRDA and 
DTI codes

•  International Labour 

Organization (ILO) protocol 
on decent work and working 
conditions: confirmed that the 
company adheres to South 
African legislation aligned with 
this protocol

•  Promotion of equality 

and prevention of unfair 
discrimination: the adequacy 
of policies and processes was 
confirmed. Allegations of unfair 
discrimination are reported 

through the reporting hotline, 
and investigated and managed 
through the ethics process 
discussed below

•  Global anti-corruption trends, 
information and legislation: 
specifically risks relating to 
Exxaro’s project in the Republic 
of the Congo were discussed in 
detail and processes agreed to 
ensure all actions were aligned 
with global best practice 

•  Report on Exxaro’s contribution 

to communities in which 
it operates via social and 
labour plans

•  Environmental, health and safety 

performance

•  Ethics management and 

performance, detailed below.

The group’s ethics processes are 
managed by the ethics committee, 
which comprises executives, 
representatives of internal audit 
and the chief audit executive. 
Chaired by the chief audit executive, 
it meets either monthly or as 
required to consider issues of non-
compliance to the group code of 
ethics or conflicts of interest policy, 
as well as matters reported on the 
ethics hotline or to management.

The following items from the 
anti-fraud, corruption and bribery 
risk management strategy, as 
initially reported at the annual 
general meeting in 2013 and in 
the governance report of the 
2012 integrated report, are still in 
process and will receive attention 
in 2014:
•  Improving detection capabilities 

and surprise audits by 
implementing process control
•  An anti-fraud and corruption 
awareness campaign: certain 
steps were taken, but this will 
continue in 2014

•  Fraud and corruption risk 

assessments: although such 
risks form part of the holistic 
risk assessment process, a 
specific fraud and corruption risk 
assessment process is still under 
investigation.

81

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Incidents of unethical 
behaviour

At Exxaro, reports of alleged 
unethical behaviour are received 
through the anonymous reporting 
hotline and other mechanisms. 
All reports are periodically 
reviewed by the Exxaro ethics 
committee and referred either 
for forensic investigation 
or to functional heads to be 
investigated.

In 2013, 400 cases of alleged 
unethical behaviour (2012: 272) 
were reported for investigation, 
45 of these via the ethics line 
(2012: 43). In total, 393 people were 
subjected to disciplinary hearings 
arising from the cases reported, 
with 132 arrests made by the South 
African Police Services (SAPS) for 
criminal prosecution based on the 
results of investigations referred 
to them (2012: 60). The direct 
monetary value of cases reported 
and investigated was R11 497 926 

(2012: R8 632 026) with R8 861 563 
being recovered/saved due to the 
investigations.

The types of fraud investigated 
included:
•  Fraudulently changing bank 

accounts
•  Tender fraud

•  Accepting bribes and favours for 

contracts

•  Misusing position 
•  Conflicts of interest
•  Irregularities with appointments 

of employees 

•  Unsafe working procedure or 

failure to report safety incidents.

2013

Other reports
received 

Reporting line

355
376
128

45
17
4

Total

400
393
132

Cases reported
Disciplinary hearings
Reported to SAPS

Dr MF Randera
Social	and	ethics	committee	chairman

Pretoria
31 March 2014

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE REPORT

•  Leading performance
•  Sustainable effort.

The purpose of this report is 
to provide information on the 
company’s remuneration policy for 
non-executive directors, executive 
directors and prescribed officers.

The remuneration policy and 
practices in Exxaro are reviewed 
regularly against best practice 
and governance requirements. 
A number of recommendations 
have been implemented, and this 
process will continue.

Philosophy

The Exxaro brand is built on a 
strong vision — everything we do 
and deliver today will allow others 
to realise their vision tomorrow. 
We believe in the power of people 
and their ability to explore and shift 
boundaries, which leads to success. 
As such, our people strategies have 
been developed to reinforce our 
brand values:
•  People-powered
•  Inspired leaders

The remuneration and nomination 
committee (Remco) is responsible 
for making recommendations 
to the board on remuneration 
policies and practices for executive 
directors, non-executive directors, 
senior management and all other 
employees.

The committee comprises five 
non-executive directors, with the 
majority being independent. The 
CEO, finance director (FD) and 
executive head: human resources 
are standing invitees, but do not 
have any voting rights. For full 
details on the committee, refer to 
the governance review on page 79.

At each annual general meeting, 
shareholders are requested 
to approve the remuneration 
policy outlined in this report as 
a non-binding advisory vote and 
authorise the board of directors 
to undertake the necessary steps 
to implement this policy. 

Benchmarking

External remuneration 
benchmarking for executives,  
non-executives, managers 
and other personnel positions 
is continuous, with external 
comparisons reported to Remco 
every six months.

The salary benchmark for median 
performance of our management 
and specialist category staff is 
the 50th percentile (median) 
of the market’s guaranteed 
remuneration values. Exxaro allows 
for a 30% differentiation from 
median market values, depending 
on the performance rating of 
the individual.

Policy

Exxaro follows a holistic 
remuneration approach. This 
includes a guaranteed (base 
pay plus benefits) and variable 
component (separated into long-
term and short-term incentives). 
All elements play a role in 
attracting and retaining our people.

82

 
 
Exxaro remuneration: overview

Remuneration elements

Executive 
management

Senior 
management

Middle 
management

Junior 
management

Management and specialist category employees

Guaranteed 
remuneration

Notional cost of 
employment or 
basic salary

F band

E band

Annual adjustments based on: 
•  Performance
•   External market
•   Internal parity
•   Affordability

DU and DM 
band

CU and DL 
band

Bargaining category 
employees

A-CM band

Annual adjustments 
based on: 
•  Wage negotiations
•   Industry 

benchmarking

•   Mandate on 
affordability

Benefits

•  Retirement fund: employer and employee contributions
•   Medical aid: employer and employee contributions
•   Housing: company housing or allowances/subsidies applicable to specific business 

units

Circumstantial 
remuneration

•  Job-specific 
•   Skills scarcity

Variable 
remuneration

Short-term 
incentives

Special performance: 
•   Individual performance base
•   Business unit stretch budget achievement

Not applicable

Above-target improvement incentives: 
•   Capped at 30% of Exxaro’s above-budget improvement 
•   Annually set stretched targets

Deferred bonus plan (EM as 
from 1 March 2013, previously 
from EU and above) 
•  Share match

Long-term incentive scheme (DM and above) 
•  Performance conditions

Long-term 
incentives

Share appreciation right scheme (being 
phased out, no new allocations since 
1 April 2012) 
•  Performance conditions

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

Not applicable

On 22 May 2012, shareholders 
approved a new five-year employee 
share option scheme (Mpower 2012) 
effective from 1 July 2012 until 
31 May 2017

83

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Guaranteed remuneration

•  Affordability: all salary account-

Other benefits

Management and specialist 
category

Employees in the management 
and specialist category, including 
executives, are remunerated 
on a total-package approach. 
Guaranteed remuneration 
adjustments to employees 
are based on the following 
fundamental principles:
•  Remuneration is based on 

performance through individual 
performance contracting and 
assessment

•  External competitiveness: the 
market median for median 
performance per job family, per 
level as reference point is used 
to determine remuneration 
competitiveness

•  Internal equity: same job — same 
performance — same pay (except 
circumstantial)

Exxaro retirement funds

related mandates are first 
included in the Exxaro financial 
forecasting model to determine 
affordability.

Non-management category

Employees in the non-
management* category are 
remunerated on a traditional 
menu package comprising basic 
salary, housing allowance, other 
site-specific allowances as well 
as employer contributions to 
retirement and medical funds. 
Annual adjustments are usually 
determined through wage 
negotiations where applicable.

Benefits

Contributions to retirement funds 
and medical aids are made by both 
employees and employers.

In terms of family-friendly benefits 
Exxaro provides four months’ paid 
maternity leave, among others.

Exxaro also provides other benefits 
in terms of the Basic Conditions of 
Employment Act, eg annual leave, 
sick leave, study leave, paternity 
leave, as well as a range of 
circumstantial allowances such as 
shift allowances, acting allowances, 
inconvenience allowances and 
group personal accident insurance, 
etc. All bargaining unit employees 
receive a housing or living-out 
allowance as well as a commuting 
allowance.

Retirement funds

Retirement fund contributions are 
aligned to the specific conditions 
of employment and fund rules for 
different levels and categories 
of employees. Employer and 
employee contributions to this 
fund are reflected in note 17 of the 
annual financial statements.

All employees belong to one of the retirement funds shown below:

Fund description

Employee % contribution range Employer % contribution range

Total % contribution range

Sentinel Fund
Mine Employees Pension 
Fund
Exxaro Selector Funds
Iscor Employees 
Umbrella Provident Fund
Mine Workers Provident 
Fund

7,50 – 13,20

7,50 – 10,70
7,00 – 8,00

7,00 – 8,00

7,50 – 10,70

12,50 – 20,52

12,50 – 15,00
10,00 – 15,00

10,00 – 15,00

12,50 – 15,00

20,00 – 28,02

20,00 – 24,65
17,00 – 22,00

17,00 – 22,00

20,00 – 24,65

Exxaro-accredited retirement funds are defined-contribution funds.

Any actuarially valued defined-benefit fund obligation disclosed in the annual financial statements merely 
recognises past practice with no new entrants allowed.

Medical benefit funds

Employees may annually elect to belong to any of the following medical schemes:

Business unit

Fund names

Employee contributions
Employer contributions

Exxaro Coal 
Mpumalanga

Bonitas
Discovery
Sizwe
WCMAS 
(ringfenced)
50%
50%

Exxaro 
Coal

Bonitas
Discovery
Sizwe
Umvuzo

40%
60% capped 
(until 30/6/13)
50% (from 1/7/13)

Exxaro other 
(including all 
management and 
specialist category 
of employees)

Bonitas
Discovery
Sizwe
Umvuzo

Zincor

Discovery
Sizwe

50%
50%

40%
60% capped

*	

	Non-management	category	is	a	broader	term	that	includes	employees	in	formal	bargaining	units	and	those	employed	by	smaller	group	companies	where	collective	
agreements	with	trade	unions	are	not	in	place.

84

 
 
 
 
 
Exxaro does not provide any 
post-retirement medical benefits. 
The post-retirement benefit 
obligation disclosed in the annual 
financial statements merely 
recognises past practice that was 
discontinued with the creation of 
Exxaro in November 2006.

Contributions to medical funds, 
charged against income, are also 
reflected in note 17 of the annual 
financial statements.

Short-term incentives

Exxaro strives to create a culture 
of powering possibilities, based on 
the belief that people can make 
the difference and are a major 
resource in delivering sterling 
business results. Incentive schemes 
are focused on the strategic 
objectives of the organisation.

The following schemes — based 
on individual, business unit, 
and commodity and group-level 
performance — are in place:
•  Individual performance reward
•  A two-tier performance 

incentive: 
—  On-target business unit 

incentive

—  Commodity and group 

improvement incentive (an 
improvement of 101-110% in 
coal net operating profit, and 
a 10% in Tronox EBIDTA).

Individual performance reward

Long-term incentives

Exxaro makes general share offers 
to participants once a year under 
the following approved schemes:
•  Exxaro share appreciation right 
scheme (SAR) (this scheme is 
being phased out and no new 
allocations have been made 
since 1 April 2012)

•  Exxaro long-term incentive 

plan (LTIP)

•  Deferred bonus plan (DBP).

The table summarises Exxaro’s 
long-term incentives and details 
of awards granted and cancelled 
between 31 December 2012 and 
31 December 2013.

This scheme applies to employees 
in the middle, senior and executive 
management categories.

A short-term incentive scheme 
focused on the individual is used 
to augment the performance 
management process and retention 
strategy.

The basis for paying this incentive 
rests on achieving specific agreed 
individual targets.

Two-tier performance incentive

The two-tier performance incentive 
was created to reinforce a 
performance culture and applies to 
all full-time employees.

First	tier
The first tier is a line-of-sight 
incentive based on achieving the 
business unit’s net operating 
profit target and is currently 
equal to 8,33% of annual gross 
remuneration for all full-time 
employees of every business unit, 
commodity, services and corporate 
office department.

Second	tier
The second tier is based 
on exceeding the budgeted 
consolidated group net operating 
profit target.

85

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Share appreciation right scheme (refer note 32 in group annual financial statements)

Participants are awarded a conditional right to receive shares equal to the value of the difference between the 
share price at the time the rights were granted and the share price when the rights are exercised (should the share 
appreciate in value). This scheme is being phased out and no new allocations have been made since 1 April 2012.

Grant limits

Vesting period

Employees on Paterson band DM – FU

Three years. If the performance condition is met, share appreciation rights vest 
and participants have to exercise their right within seven years from the date of 
original offer

Performance conditions

Headline earnings per share (HEPS) set by Remco

Other

SAR not exercised within a period of seven years lapse

Long-term incentive plan (LTIP) (refer note 32 in group annual financial statements)
The LTIP provides for the delivery of conditional awards in shares after three years from the date of grant, provided certain 
conditions are met.

Grant limits

Vesting period

Employees on Paterson band DM – FU

Three years, subject to achieving performance conditions over a three-year 
performance period.

Performance conditions

Headline earnings per share (HEPS) set by Remco 

Deferred bonus plan (refer note 32 in group annual financial statements)
On receiving short-term incentive and special performance reward payments, participants can use part of their after-tax bonus 
to acquire shares (pledged shares) in Exxaro with a matching award on the vesting date.

Grant limits

Vesting period

Performance conditions

Retention conditions

Other

Employees on Paterson EM and above

Three years

To qualify for the deferred bonus plan, employees must have achieved their 
short-term incentive goal of which a portion (50% for EM, 50% or 90% for EU and 
above) can then be used towards this scheme.

If pledged shares are held for the pledge period of three years and participants 
remain employed by the company for that period, the company will provide a 
matching award of free shares (matching shares).

Pledged shares are held in escrow until the vesting date, but participants 
receive full dividends and may dispose of the shares, thereby sacrificing the 
commensurate portion of future matching shares.

Mpower 2012 (employee 
share option scheme)

The Mpower 2012 scheme was 
implemented on 1 July 2012, and 
will run for five years until 31 May 
2017. Only employees on Paterson 
D Lower band and below qualify to 
participate. Employer companies 
in the Exxaro group made capital 
contributions of R75 000 for each 
qualifying employee to enable the 
share subscription. Each qualifying 
employee on 1 July 2012 received 
387 shares. Employees who join 
later will receive a pro rata number 
of shares. On 31 December 2013, 
there were 7 240 beneficiaries 
participating in the scheme.

In addition, Mpower 2012 paid 
R16 million in dividends to 
beneficiaries of the scheme in 
respect of the 2013 financial year.

Challenges

Macro environment

In the aftermath of the Marikana 
saga in 2012, a number of concerns 
and perceptions were raised in the 
media, government and society 
about the mining industry. 

Expectations are that the mining 
industry, as one of the largest 
sectors in the economy, should 
be responsible for providing 
more than basic amenities such 
as housing, medical facilities, 

educational facilities and more job 
opportunities in the areas where 
mining companies operate.

Company environment

Attracting and retaining the 
right employees is becoming 
increasingly more difficult from 
an employer perspective. Globally, 
employers are continually looking 
for ways to ensure their employees 
remain satisfied. As such, 
employee benefits (one component 
of an employer’s total rewards 
offering) have been found to play 
a pivotal role in ensuring employee 
satisfaction.

86

Exxaro is continually looking 
for ways to ensure we attract 
and retain employees. Although 
there are concerns that the high 
turnover rate among artisans and 
underground miners may impact 
on operations, we believe Exxaro’s 
employee value proposition 
(EVP) will assist in attracting and 
retaining employees. 

The EVP offers a total reward 
package consisting of market-
related guaranteed remuneration, 
benefits, competitive short-term 
incentive schemes and excellent 
long-term incentive schemes. 
It also offers opportunities for 
employees to develop and grow. 
Through individual developmental 
plans, all employees are involved 
in improving themselves. 

REMUNERATION REVIEW

Developmental plans include 
equipment training, learnerships to 
qualify as miners or artisans, first-
line management programmes, 
management development 
programmes, company assistance 
with master degrees, leadership-
development programmes and 
targeted interpersonal skills 
training.

Remuneration of executive 
directors, non-executive 
directors and prescribed 
officers

Directors

Information on the remuneration 
of executive directors and non-
executive directors appears in the 
directors’ and prescribed officers’ 
remuneration report below.

The guaranteed versus variable 
remuneration of executive 
directors (CEO and FD) is roughly 
split at 70% variable and 30% 
guaranteed.

Prescribed officers

Recommended practice, in line 
with King III (2.26.2), is to disclose 
the salaries of the three most 
highly paid employees who are 
not directors. In Exxaro, these 
individuals are also prescribed 
officers, as defined in the 
Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as 
amended, and hence full disclosure 
of the remuneration of all 
prescribed officers appears in the 
directors’ and prescribed officers’ 
remuneration report below.

Summary of remuneration received or receivable

Year ended 
31 December 2013

Executive directors
SA Nkosi
WA de Klerk

Less: gains on share 
scheme
Add: share-based 
payment expense

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Non-executive 
directors
S Dakile-Hlongwane
Dr CJ Fauconnier3
JJ Geldenhuys
U Khumalo4,5
Dr D Konar (chairman)
NB Mbazima
VZ Mntambo
RP Mohring
Dr MF Randera
NL Sowazi5
J van Rooyen
D Zihlangu

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Basic 
salary
R

Fees for 
services
R

Performance 
bonuses1
R

Benefits 
and 
allowances2
R

Retirement 
fund 
contributions
R

Gains on 
management 
share 
schemes
R

Total
R

 6 780 615 
 4 252 911 

 11 033 526 

 3 977 050 
2 878 942

 86 980 
 167 364 

 670 610 
 414 654 

 11 980 202 
 10 504 741 

 23 495 457 
 18 218 612 

6 855 992

 254 344 

 1 085 264 

 22 484 943 

41 714 069

336 607
42 753
692 883
20 910
1 167 820
266 737
345 317
690 173
313 897
240 067
528 846
336 607

4 982 617

 8 258 
 389 
 50 482 

 240 
 14 017 
 3 849 

 3 900 

 81 135 

 (22 484 943)

 17 950 027 

37 452 680

 344 865 
 43 142 
743 365
 20 910 
1 167 820
 266 737 
 345 557 
 704 190 
 317 746 
 240 067 
528 846
 340 507 

5 063 752

87

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

REMUNERATION REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Summary of remuneration received or receivable (continued)

Year ended 
31 December 2013

Prescribed officers
MDM Mgojo
MI Mthenjane6
M Piater
PE Venter
M Veti
CH Wessels

Less: gains on share 
scheme
Add: share-based 
payment expense

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Basic 
salary
R

 3 861 539 
 1 731 044 
 3 011 227 
 3 984 132 
 2 588 593 
 1 661 950 

Performance 
bonuses1
R

Benefits 
and 
allowances2
R

Retirement 
fund 
contributions
R

Gains on 
management 
share 
schemes
R

Total
R

2 182 983
 830 367 
1 485 547
2 071 787
 1 172 820 
502 125

 139 895 
 147 014 
 118 651 
 247 218 
 33 202 
 62 015 

 335 907 
 159 221 
 297 813 
 350 769 
 255 685 
 129 713 

 4 704 242 

 2 612 094 
 2 940 547 
 2 723 349 

 11 224 566 
2 867 646
7 525 332
9 594 453
 6 773 649 
2 355 803

 16 838 485 

 8 245 629 

 747 995 

 1 529 108 

 12 980 232 

 40 341 449 

 (12 980 232)

 15 424 152 

42 785 369

	All	incentive	schemes	are	performance	related	and	were	approved	by	the	board.	The	two-tier	short-term	incentive	scheme	applies	to	all	employees	throughout	the	group.
Include	travel	allowances.

1	
2	
3	 Appointed	on	1	November	2013.	
4	 Resigned	on	31	January	2013.
5	 Fees	paid	to	the	respective	employer	and	not	the	individual.
6	 Appointed	as	an	Executive	committee	member	on	1	May	2013.

Retirement amounts paid or received by executive directors are paid or received under defined contribution 
retirement funds.

29%

23%

36%

51%

Chief 
executive 
officer

57%

Finance 
director

39%

Prescribed 
officers’ 
average

17%

3%

17%

1%

2%

4%

2%

19%

Basic salary

Basic salary

Basic salary

Performance bonuses

Performance bonuses

Performance bonuses

Retirement fund contributions

Benefits and allowances

Benefits and allowances

Gains on management share schemes

Retirement fund contributions

Retirement fund contributions

Gains on management share schemes

Gains on management share schemes

88

Year ended 
31 December 2012

Executive directors
SA Nkosi
WA de Klerk

Less: gains on share 
scheme
Add: share-based 
payment expense

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Non-executive 
directors
S Dakile-Hlongwane3
JJ Geldenhuys
CI Griffith4
U Khumalo5
Dr D Konar (chairman)
N Langeni6
NB Mbazima7
VZ Mntambo
RP Mohring
Dr MF Randera8
NL Sowazi5
J van Rooyen
D Zihlangu

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Prescribed officers
PT Arran9
MDM Mgojo
M Piater
Dr WH van Niekerk9
PE Venter
M Veti
CH Wessels

Less: gains on share 
scheme
Add: share-based 
payment expense

Total remuneration 
paid by Exxaro

Basic 
salary
R

Fees for 
services
R

Performance 
bonuses1
R

Benefits and 
allowances2
R

Retirement 
fund 
contributions
R

Gains on 
management 
share 
schemes
R

Other
R

Total
R

 6 859 647 
 4 217 225 

 11 076 872 

 2 517 124 
 1 054 030 

 81 401 
 163 515 

 595 683 
 346 373 

 15 187 718 
 8 448 242 

 25 241 574 
 14 229 385 

 3 571 154 

 244 917 

 942 056 

 23 635 961 

 39 470 959 

 246 310 
 634 733 
 346 283 
 255 971 
 1 060 666 

 327 293 
 683 001 
 153 173 
 303 864 
 577 748 
 327 293 

 32 513 

 26 756 

 4 916 336 

 59 269 

 2 155 841 
 3 843 865 
 2 637 818 
 2 310 253 
 3 985 326 
 2 159 470 
 1 236 864 

 813 255 
 1 097 830 
 998 345 
 809 289 
 1 544 291 
 768 333 
 397 176 

 88 594 
 112 558 
 78 056 
 163 182 
 41 374 
 44 030 

 116 939 
 295 323 
 261 812 
 151 367 
 297 142 
 214 909 
 100 286 

 3 003 003 
 6 123 824 
 3 794 997 
 5 951 570 
 10 336 711 
 4 327 759 

 574 

 (23 635 961)

 7 645 042 

 23 480 040 

 246 310 
 667 246 
 346 283 
 255 971 
 1 060 666 

 327 293 
 709 757 
 153 173 
 303 864 
 577 748 
 327 293 

 4 975 605 

 6 089 038 
 11 449 436 
 7 806 104 
 9 300 535 
 16 326 652 
 7 511 845 
 1 778 356 

 18 329 439 

 6 428 519 

 527 793 

 1 437 778 

 33 537 864 

 574   60 261 966 

(33 537 864)

 9 277 994 

 36 002 096 

1	 All	incentive	schemes	are	performance	related	and	were	approved	by	the	board.	The	three-tier	short-term	incentive	scheme	applies	to	all	employees	throughout	the	group.
2	
Include	travel	allowances.
3	 Appointed	on	21	February	2012.
4	 Resigned	on	29	November	2012.
5	 Fees	paid	to	the	respective	employer	and	not	the	individual.
6	 Resigned	on	18	January	2012.
7	 Appointed	on	30	November	2012.
8	 Appointed	on	13	June	2012.
9	 Services	terminated	effective	15	June	2012	as	part	of	the	sale	of	the	Mineral	Sands	business	to	Tronox	Limited.

Retirement amounts paid or received by executive directors are paid or received under defined contribution 
retirement funds.

89

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

REMUNERATION REVIEW (CONTINUED)

Summary of remuneration received or receivable (continued)

27%

23%

28%

60%

Chief 
executive 
officer

59%

Finance 
director

Prescribed 
officers’ 
average

10%

3%

36%

7%

1%

3%

10%

1%

2%

Basic salary

Basic salary

Basic salary

Performance bonuses

Performance bonuses

Performance bonuses

Retirement fund contributions

Benefits and allowances

Benefits and allowances

Gains on management share schemes

Retirement fund contributions

Retirement fund contributions

Gains on management share schemes

Gains on management share schemes

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN EXXARO SHARES

Director

Beneficial interest
S Dakile-Hlongwane
WA de Klerk
Dr CJ Fauconnier
Dr D Konar (chairman)
VZ Mntambo
RP Mohring
SA Nkosi
NL Sowazi
D Zihlangu

Non-beneficial interest
WA de Klerk
Dr CJ Fauconnier

At 31 December

2013
Direct

 1 462 
 47 500 
 6 168 

 1 000 
 70 144 

Indirect

488 763
 11 371 

5 794 393

 9 645 240 
 3 411 100 
 2 817 773 

 62 347 
 1 000 

2012
Direct

Indirect

 1 462 

 8 932 

 6 168 

 1 000 
 37 362 

 5 529 881 

 9 852 845 
 3 038 387 
 2 818 552 

 61 082 

On 31 December 2013, Mrs S Dakile-Hlongwane held 0,1%, Mr VZ Mntambo held 1,6% (2012: 1,5%), Mr SA Nkosi held 
2,7% (2012: 2,8%), Mr NL Sowazi held 0,31% (2012: 0,8%) and Mr D Zihlangu held 0,8% (2012: 0,8%) directly or 
indirectly in the share capital of the company.

RP Mohring
Chairman:	Remuneration	and	nomination	committee

31 March 2014

90

 
 
 
AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT 

Background

The company’s audit committee is established as a statutory committee in terms of section 94(2) of the 
Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies Act) and oversees audit committee matters for all of the 
South African subsidiaries within the Exxaro group, as permitted by section 94(2)(a) of the Companies Act. 

The audit committee operates in accordance with the specific statutory duties imposed by the Companies Act, 
the JSE Listings Requirements, as well as in accordance with detailed terms of reference, which has incorporated 
the principles contained in the King Report on Governance for South Africa 2009 (King III), as well as duties 
specifically delegated by the company’s board of directors.

Objective and scope

Apart from the statutory duties of the audit committee as set out in the Companies Act, the provisions of the 
Listings Requirements and King III, the ambit of the audit committee has been expanded to include financial risk 
management, financial compliance and aspects of integrated reporting. The audit committee’s objectives are to:
•  Examine and review the group’s annual financial statements and report on interim and final results, the 

accompanying message to stakeholders and any other announcements on the company’s results or other 
financial information to be made public

•  Oversee cooperation between internal and external auditors, and serve as a link between the board and these 

functions

•  Oversee the external audit function and approve audit fees
•  Evaluate the qualification, appropriateness, eligibility and independence of the external auditor
•  Approve the appointment of the internal auditors, the internal audit plan, charter and fees 
•  Evaluate the scope and effectiveness of the internal audit function
•  Ensure effective internal financial controls are in place
•  Review the integrity of financial risk control systems and policies
•  Evaluate the competency of the finance director and finance function
•  Appoint the chief audit executive
•  Comply with legal and regulatory requirements
•  Oversee the effectiveness of the combined assurance plan and outcome.

The committee performed its functions as stipulated in the terms of reference and detailed annual plan.

Membership

The audit committee consisted of three independent non-executive directors during 2013, with an additional 
independent non-executive director having been appointed on 29 January 2014. The chairman of the board is 
not a member of the audit committee. In addition, the chief executive officer, the finance director, chief audit 
executive, as well as the internal and external auditors are permanent invitees to the audit committee meetings. 
The audit committee meets four times a year and details of attendance are contained in the governance report.

External auditors

The group’s independent external auditors are PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated (PwC). Fees paid to the 
auditors are disclosed in note 5 to the group annual financial statements 2013. Exxaro has an approved policy 
to regulate the use of non-audit services by the group’s independent external auditors. The policy differentiates 
between permitted and prohibited non-audit services, and specifies a monetary threshold by which approvals are 
considered. During the year under review, fees paid to PwC amounted to R39 million, which included R23 million 
for the 2013 statutory audit and related activities as well as R16 million for non-audit services. Non-audit services 
rendered by the group’s independent external auditors during the period comprised tax advisory and compliance 
services, due-diligence reviews, enterprise risk management and combined assurance assistance, accounting 
opinions, risk management, sustainability assurance and other advisory services. The audit committee is satisfied 
with the level and extent of non-audit services rendered during the year by PwC as well as their continued 
independence. 

91

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013GOVERNANCE AND REMUNERATION
continued

Two meetings were held with the external auditor where management was not present.

The audit committee annually assesses the independence of the group’s external auditors and again completed 
such assessment at its meeting on 3 March 2014. PwC were required to confirm that:
•  They are not precluded from reappointment due to any impediment in section 90(b) of the Companies Act
•  In compliance with section 91(5) of the Companies Act, by comparison with the membership of the firm at the 

time of its reappointment in 2012, more than one half of the members remain in 2013

•  They remain independent, as required by section 94(7)(a) of the Companies Act and the JSE Listings Requirements.

Based on the above assessment, the audit committee renominated PwC as independent external auditors for the 
2014 financial year. Shareholders will therefore be requested to re-elect PwC as independent external auditors for 
the 2014 financial year at the annual general meeting on 27 May 2014. 

Finance function review

As required by the JSE Listings Requirements 3.84(h), the audit committee, through a formal process, has satisfied 
itself of the finance function’s resources, experience and expertise and the appropriateness of the expertise and 
experience of the Finance Director.

Annual financial statements

The audit committee reviewed the company and group annual financial statements and accounting practices in 
detail and is satisfied that the information contained in the annual financial statements, as well as the application 
of accounting practices applied are reasonable.

Internal financial control (statement on effectiveness of internal controls)

The audit committee, with input and reports from the independent internal and external auditors, reviewed the 
company’s system of internal financial control during the year under review. Deficiencies in the system of internal 
control identified in the year ended 31 December 2012 have improved significantly. The committee confirmed that 
there were no material areas of concern that would render the internal financial controls ineffective.

Further information on the activities of the committee is contained in the governance report. 

J van Rooyen
Chairman	of	the	audit	committee

Pretoria

31 March 2014

92

Summarised group annual 
financial statements

9308

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013AUDITED GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

for the year ended 31 December 

Revenue
Operating expenses

Other income
Gains on disposal of non-core assets

Net operating profit (note 3)
Interest income
Interest expense
Income from investments
Share of income from equity-accounted investments

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year from continuing operations
Profit for the year from discontinued operations (note 4)

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:

–  Share of comprehensive income/(loss) of equity-accounted associates  

and joint ventures

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

–  Unrealised foreign exchange gains/(losses) on translating foreign operations
– Revaluation of available-for-sale financial assets
– Cash flow hedges
–  Share of comprehensive income of equity-accounted associates and joint ventures

Total comprehensive income for the year

Profit/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

Non-controlling interests

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to:
Owners of the parent

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

Non-controlling interests

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

2013
Rm

 13 568 
 (12 719)

 1 594 

 2 443 
 81 
 (367)
 12 
 3 631 

 5 800 
 (645)

 5 155 
 1 049 

 6 204 

2 640 

 150 

 150 

2 490

 537 
 100 

1 853

8 844

 6 217 

 5 168 
 1 049 

 (13)

 (13)

2012
Rm

 12 229 
 (10 885)

 352 
 42 

 1 738 
 138 
 (325)
 3 
 3 602 

 5 156 
 (537)

 4 619 
 5 028 

 9 647 

68

 (181)

 (181)

 249 

 (33)

 (21)
 303 

 9 715 

 9 677 

 4 634 
 5 043 

 (30)

 (15)
 (15)

 6 204 

 9 647 

8 854

7 805
 1 049 

 (10)

 (10)

 9 745 

 5 706 
 4 039 

 (30)

 (15)
 (15)

Total comprehensive income for the year

8 844

 9 715 

Aggregate attributable earnings per share: aggregate (cents)
– basic
– diluted
Attributable earnings per share: continuing operations (cents)
– basic
– diluted
Attributable earnings per share: discontinued operations (cents)
– basic
– diluted

94

 1 751 
 1 746 

 1 456 
 1 452 

 295 
 294 

 2 734 
 2 726 

 1 309 
 1 305 

 1 425 
 1 421 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITED RECONCILIATION OF GROUP HEADLINE EARNINGS

for the year ended 31 December

2013
Profit attributable to owners of the parent
Adjusted for:
–  IFRS 10 Gains on Disposal of Subsidiary
–  IAS 16 Net Losses or Gains on Disposal of Property,  

Plant and Equipment

–  IAS 28 Loss on Dilution of Investment in Associates
–  IAS 28 Share of Associates’ Separate Identifiable Remeasurements
–  IAS 36 Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
–  IAS 36 Reversal of Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
–  IAS 38 Loss on the Scrapping of Intangible Assets

Headline earnings

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

2012
Profit attributable to owners of the parent
Adjusted for:
–  IFRS 10 Gains on Disposal of Subsidiaries and Non-core Assets
–  IAS 16 Net Gains and Losses on Disposal of Property, Plant and 

Equipment

–  IAS 28 Excess of Fair Value Over Cost of Investment in Associate
–  IAS 28 Share of Associates’ Gains or Losses on Disposal of Property, 

Plant and Equipment

–  IAS 36 Reversal of Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
–  IAS 38 Gains on Disposal of Intangible Assets

Headline earnings

– continuing operations
– discontinued operations

Headline earnings per share: aggregate (cents)
– basic
– diluted
Headline earnings per share: continuing operations (cents)
– basic
– diluted
Headline (loss)/earnings per share: discontinued operations (cents)
– basic
– diluted

Gross
Rm

Tax
Rm

 (964)

9
 12 
 (114)
 292 
 (247)
 2 

 (4)

 2 
 (11)

 (1 010)

 (13)

 (4 034)

 (65)
 (470)

 (4)
 (103)
 (77)

 (4 753)

 4 

 1 
 29 

 34 

Net
Rm

 6 217 

 (964)

 5 
 12 
 (112)
 281 
 (247)
 2 

 5 194 

 5 218 
 (24)

 9 677

 (4 034)

 (61)
 (470)

 (3)
 (74)
 (77)

 4 958 

 3 999 
 959 

2013

2012

 1 463 
 1 459 

 1 470 
 1 466 

 (7)
 (7)

 1 401 
 1 397 

 1 130 
 1 127 

 271 
 270

95

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AUDITED GROUP STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

at 31 December 

2013
Rm

2012
Rm

44 681

 20 342 
 72 
 1 176 
19 207
 861 
 366 
 2 657 

 4 483 

 938 
 2 434 
 82 
 1 029 

 342 

37 445

 15 881 
 55 
 962 
 17 154 
 425 
 241 
 2 727 

 4 972 

 776 
 2 642 
 190 
 1 364 

49 506

 42 417 

2 396

4 234

29 668

36 298
 (26)

36 272

 9 157 

 3 569 
 1 863 
 149 
 95 
 3 481 

 3 852 

 2 867 
 31 
 131 
 17 
 806 

 225 

2 374

1 636

24 784

 28 794 
 12 

 28 806 

 8 417 

 2 761 
 2 842 
 142 
 106 
 2 566 

 5 194 

 4 099 
 (9)
 172 
 121 
 811 

49 506

 42 417

ASSETS
Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment
Biological assets
Intangible assets
Investments in associates
Investments in joint ventures
Deferred tax
Financial assets

Current assets

Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax receivable
Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets held-for-sale

Total assets

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Capital and other components of equity

Share capital

Other components of equity

Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing borrowings
Non-current provisions
Post-retirement employee obligations
Financial liability
Deferred tax

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables
Interest-bearing borrowings
Current tax payable
Current provisions
Overdraft

Non-current liabilities held-for-sale

Total equity and liabilities

96

 
 
 
 
 
AUDITED GROUP STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 

for the year ended 31 December 

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated by operations
Interest paid
Interest received
Tax paid
Dividends paid

Cash flows from investing activities
Property, plant and equipment to maintain operations
Property, plant and equipment to expand operations
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of subsidiaries
Proceeds from disposal of intangible assets
Proceeds from disposal of financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
Investment in intangible assets
Dividends from equity-accounted investments
Decrease/(increase) in other non-current assets
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Investment in associates and joint ventures
Income from investments

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of share capital
Consideration paid to non-controlling interests
Interest-bearing borrowings raised
Interest-bearing borrowings repaid
Other financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
Translation difference on movement in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents end of the year

– Cash and cash equivalents
– Overdraft

2013
Rm

 422 

 2 159 
 (262)
 70 
 (158)
 (1 387)

 (1 480)

 (1 257)
 (3 507)
 17 
 87 

 (201)
 3 229 
 222 

 (82)
 12 

 715 

 14 
 (96)
 800 

 (3)

 (343)
 553 
 13 

 223 

 1 029 
 (806)

2012
Rm

 543 

 3 969 
 (345)
 208 
 (277)
 (3 012)

 (2 940)

 (1 571)
 (3 762)
 77 
 81 
 77 
 5 
 (36)
 4 019 
 (16)
 (1 421)
 (396)
 3 

 (1 291)

 15 
 (1 181)
 5 800 
 (5 925)

 (3 688)
 4 118 
 123 

 553 

 1 364 
 (811)

97

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
AUDITED GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

for the year ended 31 December 

Other components of equity

Share
 capital
Rm

Foreign
 currency 
translations
Rm

Financial
instruments
 revaluation
Rm

Equity-
 settled 
Rm

Retirement
 benefit
 obligation 
Rm

Available-
for-sale 
revaluations
Rm 

At 1 January 2012

 2 359 

 1 585 

 196 

 1 412 

 1 

 (33)

 (21)

Other 
Rm

 8 

Retained
earnings
Rm

 18 027 
 9 677 

Attributable
 to owners
 of the
 parent
Rm

Non-
controlling 
interests
Rm

 23 588 
 9 677 
 (54)

 20 
 (30)

Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive loss
Share of comprehensive 
income/(loss) of 
equity-accounted 
investments1
Issue of share capital2
Share-based payments 
movements
Acquisition of subsidiaries
Acquisition of 
non-controlling interest
Dividends paid
Disposal of subsidiaries

 15

 118 

 (17)

94

 (164)

 (1)

 92 

 (183)

 (459)

 (137)

 (23)

 (740)

 (3 012)

 122 
 15 

 (183)

 (740)
 (3 012)
 (619)

468

 (441)

 (5)

Total 
equity
Rm

 23 608 
 9 647 
 (54)

 122 
 15 

 (183)
 468 

 (1 181)
 (3 012)
 (624)

At 31 December 2012

 2 374 

 1 211 

 21 

 1 300 

 (163)

 (733)

 24 784 

 28 794 

 12 

 28 806 

Profit/(loss) for the year
Other comprehensive 
income
Share of comprehensive 
income/(loss) 
of equity-accounted 
investments1
Issue of share capital3
Share-based payments 
movement
Dividends paid
Acquisition of 
non-controlling interest

 22

 534 

 100 

 634 

 3 

 637 

 6 217 

 6 217 

 (13)

 6 204 

1 401

 289 

110

 150 

 (1)

 54 

83 

 (1 387)

2 003
 22 

 83 
 (1 387)

2 003
 22 

 83 
 (1 387)

 (68)

 (68)

 (28)

 (96)

At 31 December 2013

2 396

3 146

 310 

 1 493 

 (13)

 100 

 (802)

 29 668 

36 298

 (26)

36 272

1	
2		
3		

Included	in	the	foreign	currency	translation	amount	is	R1	287	million	(2012:	R79	million)	relating	to	the	tronox	investments.
Issued	to	the	Kumba	Resources	Management	Share	Trust	due	to	options	exercised	(R15	million).
Issued	to	the	Kumba	Resources	Management	Share	Trust	due	to	options	exercised	(R14	million)	and	vesting	of	Mpower	2012	shares	to	good	leavers	(R8	million).

Final dividend paid per share (cents) in respect of the 2012 financial year  

Dividend paid per share (cents) in respect of the 2013 interim period   

Final dividend payable per share (cents) in respect of 2013 financial year   

150

235

315

Foreign currency translation
The foreign currency translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the translation of 
the financial statements of foreign entities within the group.

Financial instruments revaluation
The financial instruments revaluation reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the 
fair value of cash flow hedging instruments where the hedged transaction has not yet occurred.

Equity-settled
The equity-settled reserve represents the fair value of services received and settled by equity instruments 
granted.

Post-retirement benefit obligation
Comprises mainly remeasurements on the post-retirement obligation.

Available-for-sale revaluations
Comprises of the fair value adjustments based on latest fair value calculations performed, on the investments in 
Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT) (R54 million) and Chifeng Kumba Hongye Zinc Corporation Limited (Chifeng) 
(R46 million).

Other
Comprises transactions with non-controlling interests.

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS

for the year ended 31 December 

1.   BASIS OF PREPARATION

The summarised group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 have been derived from 
the audited group annual financial statements of Exxaro Resources Limited, which are available on Exxaro’s website 
at www.exxaro.com. These summarised group annual financial statements do not contain sufficient information 
to allow for a complete understanding of the financial results and state of affairs of the group, which is provided 
by the detailed audited group annual financial statements. The summarised group annual financial statements do 
not include all the disclosure required for a complete set of annual financial statements prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Selected summarised notes have been included in this 
integrated report for a better understanding of the significant transactions during the year.

The summarised group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 have been prepared 
under the supervision of the Finance Director, WA de Klerk (CA)SA, in accordance with the JSE Limited Listings 
Requirements for abridged reports and the requirements of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended. The 
Listings Requirements require abridged reports to be prepared in accordance with the conceptual framework and 
the measurement and recognition requirements of IFRS and the SAICA Financial	Reporting	Guides as issued by 
the Accounting Practices Committee and Financial Pronouncements as issued by the Financial Reporting Standards 
Council and to also, as a minimum, contain the information required by IAS 34 Interim	Financial	Reporting.

The summarised group annual financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, excluding 
financial instruments and biological assets, which are fairly valued, and conform, in this regard, to IFRS as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The preparation and presentation of the summarised group annual financial statements included in this 
integrated report is the responsibility of Exxaro’s directors. The directors take full responsibility that the 
financial information has been correctly extracted from the underlying audited group annual financial 
statements.

The integrated report does not include the directors’ report, which forms part of the full group annual 
financial statements.

2.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accounting policies applied in the preparation of the summarised group annual financial statements are in 
terms of IFRS and are consistent with those applied in the previous group annual financial statements, except as 
disclosed below.

During the 2013 the following pronouncements became effective:

•  IAS 1 Financial	Statement	Presentation (as amended)

•  IAS 19 Employee	Benefits (revised)

•  IAS 27 Separate	Financial	Statements (revised) 

•  IAS 28 Investments	in	Associates	and	Joint	Ventures (revised)

•  IFRS 10 Consolidated	Financial	Statements (as amended)

•  IFRS 11 Joint	Arrangements (as amended)

•  IFRS 12 Disclosure	of	Interest	in	Other	Entities (as amended)

•  IFRS 13 Fair	Value	Measurement

•  IFRIC 20 Stripping	Costs	in	the	Production	Phase	of	a	Surface	Mine

•  Annual Improvements to IFRS 2009 – 2011 cycle

*	 Early	adopted	in	2012.

Effective date

1 July 2012

1 July 2012*

1 January 2013*

1 January 2013*

1 January 2013*

1 January 2013*

1 January 2013*

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

1 January 2013 

The accounting standards and amendments issued to accounting standards and interpretations which are 
relevant to the group, but not yet effective at 31 December 2013, have not been adopted. It is expected that where 
applicable, these standards and amendments will be adopted on each respective effective date, except where 
specifically identified. The group continuously evaluates the impact of these standards and amendments.

During 2012, Exxaro early adopted the suite of consolidation standards, including IFRS 10, 11 and 12 and IAS 27 
and 28, effective 1 January 2013 as well as IAS 19. The impact of this early adoption has been disclosed in the 
group annual financial statements at 31 December 2012.

99

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013NOTES TO THE SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 

3. SIGNIFICANT ITEMS INCLUDED IN NET OPERATING PROFIT 

Year ended 31 December

Depreciation and amortisation
Net realised foreign currency exchange gains
Net unrealised foreign currency exchange losses
Losses on derivative instruments held-for-trading
Impairment (charges)/reversals of trade and other receivables
Royalties1
(Loss)/profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Loss on dilution of investment in associate
Other income2

2013
Rm

 (856)
 56 
 (20)
 (81)
 (25)
 (8)
 (23)
 (12)
 1 594 

2012
Rm

 (701)
 60 
 (79)
 (1)
 6 
 (124)
 139 

 352 

1	

	The	amount	paid	for	royalties	includes	an	adjustment	to	the	prior	year	based	on	final	calculations	done	for	returns	filed	to	South	African	Revenue	Services	(SARS)	
(R41	million).

2	 Other	income	relates	to	shortfall	income	received	from	customers	(mainly	Eskom)	as	a	result	of	delays	in	agreed	upon	production	offtake	plans.

4.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

All the conditions precedent to the sale of Exxaro’s 100% shareholding in Exxaro Base Metals Proprietary 
Limited to Lebonix Proprietary Limited were met on 2 December 2013. The subsidiary, which included the 
Zincor operations, was disposed for a total consideration of R183 million. This process completes the Zincor 
divestment process, which commenced with the cessation of the production of zinc metal at Zincor in 2011 
and follow on the sale of the Rosh Pinah mine during 2012.

During 2012 the mineral sands and Rosh Pinah operations were sold.

Financial information relating to the discontinued operations for the year to the date of disposal is set out below:

Year ended 31 December

The financial performance and cash flow information

Revenue
Operating income/(expenses)

Net operating profit
Profit on sale of subsidiaries
Interest income
Interest expense

Profit before tax
Income tax expense

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

Cash flows attributable to operating activities
Cash flows attributable to investing activities
Cash flows attributable to financing activities

Cash flow attributable to discontinued operations

5.  SEGMENT REPORT

2013
Rm

 159 

 159 
 964 

 (74)

 1 049 

 1 049 

 26 
 98 
 (37)

 87 

2012
Rm

 3 893 
 (2 069)

 1 824 
 3 995 
 75 
 (241)

 5 653 
 (625)

 5 028 

 1 036 
 (1 358)
 (2 778)

 (3 100)

The corporate transactions during 2012 necessitated a change in the operating segment reporting structures 
and the manner in which operating results are reported to the chief operating decision maker. Reported 
operating segments are based on the group’s different products and operations.

5.1 Changes/amendments to reported operating segments

The following operating segments were impacted as a result of the changes in the organisational structure:

Base metals
Up to and including 31 December 2012, the reportable operating segments included an operating segment 
for base metals, which consisted of Zincor, Rosh Pinah and other base metals.

Exxaro’s 50,04% interest in the Rosh Pinah operations was sold to a subsidiary of Glencore International 
plc on 1 June 2012. This sale formed part of Exxaro’s strategic plan to divest from the group’s zinc assets. 

100

 
 
The remaining Base metals entities no longer met the quantitative or qualitative thresholds described 
in IFRS 8 Operating	Segments. These were aggregated in the remaining Base metals entities within the 
“Other” reportable operating segment.

Mineral sands/titanium dioxide

The previously reported Mineral sands operating segment included KZN Sands, Namakwa Sands and 
Australia Sands.

The Mineral sands operations sale and acquisition of a shareholding in Tronox Limited in 2012 resulted in 
Exxaro holding 44,40% (2012: 44,65%) of the shares in Tronox Limited and 26% directly in each of the 
South African-based KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands operations. Exxaro currently equity-accounts for the 
interest in Tronox Limited and the South African Mineral sands operations. The investment value in these 
associated companies is seen as significant and will be reported as a separate operating segment.

The Mineral sands operating segment was restructured to include both Mineral sands and Titanium dioxide 
(TiO2) which is in line with the core business of the Tronox operations and renamed TiO2.

Ferrous

In line with the group’s strategy to establish an Exxaro controlled ferrous business, Exxaro acquired 
African Iron Limited (AKI) in February 2012. AKI is an iron ore development company involved in the 
exploration and evaluation of the Mayoko Iron Ore and Ngoubou-Ngoubou projects, located in the Republic 
of the Congo in Central West Africa.

The AlloyStreamTM and FerroAlloys operations as well as Exxaro’s 19,98% interest in Sishen Iron Ore 
Company (SIOC)  Proprietary Limited were previously reported within the “Other” operating segment of 
Exxaro. These investments are now reported within the Ferrous operating segment, based on the similar 
commodity suite of these operations.

Following the change in the composition of the group’s reportable operating segments, the prior years’ 
reportable operating segment information has been re-presented (restated) to reflect these changes. 

No changes were incurred in the coal operating segment.

5.2 Reportable operating segment performance

The group’s reportable operating segments for the year ended 31 December 2013 were therefore coal, 
ferrous, titanium dioxide and other.

Profit or loss (Rm)

Year ended 31 December

Coal

– Tied1
– Commercial2

Ferrous

– Iron ore
– Alloys
– Other3

4

TiO2
Other

– Base metals5
– Other6

Revenue

Net operating profit (NOP)

2013

13 362

3 917
9 445

120

120

86

86

2012
Restated

12 064

3 449
8 615

107

107

3 594
357

299
58

2013

2 769

215
2 554

(141)

(27)
(61)
(53)

938

145
793

2012
Restated

2 105

285
1 820

(31)

(9)
(25)
3

1 925
3 558

422
3 136

Total external revenue and net 
operating profit

13 568

16 122

3 566

7 557

1	 Tied	operations	refer	to	mines	that	supply	their	entire	production	to	either	Eskom	or	ArcelorMittal	South	Africa	(AMSA)	in	terms	of	contractual	agreements.
2	 NOP	includes	the	net	impairment	on	NCC	of	R143	million	in	2013.
3	

	Mainly	made	up	of	Ferrous	head	office	costs	not	directly	attributable	to	the	operation	at	Mayoko	and	as	such	could	not	be	capitalised	with	the	development	of	
the	project.
Includes	a	partial	impairment	reversal	of	R103	million	in	2012	of	the	carrying	value	of	property,	plant	and	equipment	at	KZN	Sands.
	Includes	the	profit	on	sale	of	the	Rosh	Pinah	operation	of	R544	million	in	2012	and	R98	million	impairment	reversal	of	Zincor	in	2013.	This	business	was	
previously	reported	as	a	separate	base	metals	segment	prior	to	the	Rosh	Pinah	sale	transaction	in	2012.
	Includes	the	profit	on	sale	of	the	mineral	sands	operations	of	R3	451	million	in	2012.

4	
5	

6	

101

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013NOTES TO THE SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 

5.  SEGMENT REPORT (CONTINUED)

5.2 Reportable operating segment performance (continued)

Assets and liabilities (Rm)

At 31 December

Coal

Tied
Commercial

Ferrous

Iron ore
Alloys
Other

TiO2
Other

Base metals
Other

Total

Assets

2013

2012
Restated

 22 386 
 1 543 
 20 843 

 11 095 
 5 114 
 189 
 5 792 

13 325
 2 700 
 611 
2 089

49 506

 19 717 
 1 719 
 17 998 

 7 015 
 3 045 
 158 
 3 812 

 13 037 
 2 648 
 552 
 2 096 

 42 417 

Liabilities

2013

 7 552 
 1 391 
 6 161 

 814 
 729 
 33 
 52 
 4 868 

 4 868 

2012
Restated

 8 001 
 1 596 
 6 405 

 615 
 572 
 43 

 4 995 

 867 
 4 128 

 13 234 

 13 611 

The numbers above include both the continuing and discontinued operations.

6.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(a) Carrying amounts and fair values

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, together with the carrying amounts in the 
condensed group statement of financial position, are as follows:

At 31 December 2013

ASSETS
Non-current assets

Financial assets, consisting of1:
– Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust asset
– Loans to associates and joint ventures
– Richards Bay Coal Terminal (RBCT)
– Kumba Iron Ore Limited
– New Age Exploration Limited
– Chifeng
– Non-current receivables

Current assets2

Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets held-for-sale

Total assets

LIABILITIES
Non-current liabilities

Interest-bearing borrowings1

Current liabilities2

Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Interest-bearing borrowings
Overdraft

Non-current liabilities held-for-sale

Total liabilities

Carrying 
amount
Rm

Fair 
value
Rm

 2 657 

 2 657 

 618 
 255 
 551 
 40 
 1 
 253 
 939 

 2 875 

 1 845 
 1 
 1 029 

 67 

 5 599 

 3 569 

 3 569 

 2 907 

 2 056 
 14 
 31 
 806 

 36

 6 512 

 618 
 254 
 551 
 40 
 1 
 253 
 940 

 2 875 

 1 845 
 1 
 1 029 

 67 

 5 599 

 3 569 

 3 569 

 2 907 

 2 056 
 14 
 31 
 806 

 36 

 6 512

1	 Carried	at	fair	value	in	terms	of	IAS	39	Financial	Instruments:	Recognition	and	Measurement.
2	 Carrying	amounts	approximate	the	fair	values	due	to	the	short-term	maturities	of	these	financial	assets	and	liabilities.

102

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b) Fair value hierarchy

The table below analyses recurring fair value measurements for financial assets and financial liabilities. 
These fair value measurements are categorised into different levels in the fair value hierarchy based on 
the inputs used in the valuation techniques. The different levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 — quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the group can 
access at the measurement date.

Level 2 — inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 — unobservable inputs for the asset and liability.

At 31 December 2013

Financial assets held-for-trading at fair value through profit or loss
– Current derivatives financial assets
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
– Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust
–  Exxaro Environmental Rehabilitation Trust held-for-sale
– Kumba Iron Ore Limited
Available-for-sale financial assets 
–  Chifeng
– New Age Exploration Limited
– RBCT
Financial liabilities held-for-trading at fair value through profit or loss
– Current derivatives financial liabilities
–  Current derivatives financial liabilities held-for-sale

Net financial assets/(liabilities) carried at fair value

Level 1
Rm

Level 2
Rm

Level 3
Rm

1

 (14)
 (9)

 (22)

 618 
 67
 40 

 1 

 726 

 253 

 551 

 804 

Level 2 fair values for over-the-counter derivative financial instruments are based on market quotes. 
These quotes are tested for reasonability by discounting estimated future cash flows using the market rate 
for similar instruments at measurement date.

The fair value computations of the investments are performed by the group’s corporate finance 
department, reporting to the Finance Director, on a six-monthly basis. The valuation reports are discussed 
with the audit committee in accordance with the group’s reporting governance.

The group recognises transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy as at the end of the reporting 
period during which the transfer has occurred. There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 of the 
fair value hierarchy for the year ended 31 December 2013.

There were no transfers between level 2 and level 3.

(c)  Level 3 fair values

At 1 January 2013

Movement during the year
Total gains recognised in other comprehensive income
Settlements
Exchange gains or losses for the period recognised in other 
comprehensive income

At 31 December 2013

Chifeng

Chifeng
Rm

174

46

33

253

RBCT 
Rm

467

82
2

551

Chifeng is classified within a level 3 as there is no quoted market price or observable price available for 
this investment. This unlisted investment is valued as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, 
using a discounted cash flow model.

The significant observable and unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the 
investment in Chifeng are rand/Chinese renminbi (RMB) exchange rate, RMB/US$ exchange rate, Zinc 
London Metal Exchange price, production volumes, operational costs and the discount rate. Significant 
increases/(decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result in a significantly lower/(higher) 
fair value measurement. 

103

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 

6.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

(c)  Level 3 fair values (continued)

Observable inputs

Rand/RMB exchange rate

RMB/US$ exchange rate

Zinc LME price (US$ per tonne in real terms)

Unobservable inputs

Production volumes

Operational costs (US$ million per annum in 
real terms)

Range of inputs

Sensitivity of inputs and fair value measurement1

R1,72 
RMB1

RMB6,02 to 
RMB5,95/US$1

2 039 – 2 027 
US$/tonne

 208 750 tonne 

74 – 88

Strengthening of the rand to the RMB

Strengthening of the RMB to the US$

Increase in price of zinc concentrate 

Increase in production volumes 

Decrease in operational costs 

Discount rate 

10%

Decrease in discount rate 

1	 Change	in	observable/unobservable	input,	which	will	result	in	an	increase	in	the	fair	value	measurement.

Inter-relationships
Any inter-relationships between unobservable inputs is not considered to have a significant impact within the 
range of reasonably possible alternative assumptions.

RBCT
RBCT is classified within a level 3 as there is no quoted market price or observable price available for this investment. 
This unlisted investment is valued as the present value of the estimated future cash flows, using a discounted cash 
flow model. It is not anticipated that the RBCT investment will be disposed of in the near future.

The significant observable and unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the investment in 
RBCT are rand/US$ exchange rate, API4 export price, Transnet Market Demand Strategy, annual utilisation 
factor and the discount rate. Significant increases/(decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation would result 
in a significantly lower/(higher) fair value measurement.

Observable inputs

Rand/US$ exchange rate

Range of inputs

R9,85 to 
R10,15/US$1

Sensitivity of inputs and 
fair value measurement1

Strengthening of the rand to the US$

API4 export price per tonne (steam coal A-grade 
price in real terms)

US$75,50 to 
US$97 per tonne

Increase in API4 export price per tonne

Unobservable inputs

Transnet Market Demand Strategy for the terminal 
(million tonnes per annum – Mtpa)

 70Mtpa to 91Mtpa 

Acceleration of Transnet Freight Rail 
performance, ie reach full capacity sooner

Discount rate

 13% – 17%

Decrease in discount rate 

Annual utilisation factor (safety and rail delay factor)

90%

Increase in annual utilisation factor

1	 Change	in	observable/unobservable	input,	which	will	result	in	an	increase	in	the	fair	value	measurement.

Inter-relationships
Any inter-relationships between unobservable inputs is not considered to have a significant impact within the 
range of reasonably possible alternative assumptions.

7.  SHARE CAPITAL

Authorised
500 000 000 ordinary shares of R0,01 each.
Issued
358 115 505 (2012: 357 787 785) ordinary shares of R0,01 each. The increase can be summarised as follows:

Date of issue

Number of shares

Opening balance

Issued in terms of the Kumba Resources Management Share Option 
Scheme due to options exercised at prices ranging from R138,53 to R166,00 

19 March 2013 to 
3 September 2013

Closing balance

104

 357 787 785

327 720

358 115 505

 
 
 
 
8.  NET DEBT

Net debt
Presented by the following items on the face of the statement of financial position:

– cash and cash equivalents
– non-current interest-bearing borrowings
– current interest-bearing borrowings
– overdraft

Calculation of movement in net debt
Cash outflow
Add:
– shares issued
– share-based payments
–  non-cash flow movement for interest accrued not yet paid
– non-cash flow for amortisation of transaction costs
– net debt of subsidiaries disposed
– consideration paid to non-controlling interests
–  non-cash flow movements in net debt applicable to currency translation differences 

of transactions denominated in foreign currency

–  non-cash flow movements in net debt applicable to currency translation differences 

of net debt items of foreign entities

Increase in net debt

9. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES 

Contingent liabilities

– Grootegeluk Medupi Expansion Project
– DMC Iron Congo SA
– pending litigation claims1
– other contingent liabilities2
–  share of contingent liabilities of associates and joint ventures

1	 Pending	litigation	claims	consist	of	legal	cases	where	Exxaro	is	the	defendant.	These	claims	are	at	the	stage	
where	the	outcome	is	uncertain	and	the	amount	of	possible	legal	obligations	is	estimated	at	this	stage.

2	 Other	contingent	liabilities	include	operational	guarantees	to	banks	and	other	institutions	in	the	normal	course	

of	business	from	which	it	is	anticipated	that	no	material	liabilities	will	arise.

The timing and occurrence of any possible outflows of the contingent liabilities above 
are uncertain. Due to the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act of 2002, 
currently not specifying how to financially provide for water liabilities and water 
treatment at post mine closure, Exxaro is currently developing a specific policy around 
such provisions. An estimate of this amount is currently not available, however, a 
liability may arise in the future.

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Year ended 31 December

2013
 Rm

2012
Rm

 (3 377)

 (2 199)

 1 029 
 (3 569)
 (31)
 (806)

 1 364 
 (2 761)
 9 
 (811)

 (1 058)

 (2 397)

 14 
 (3)
 (40)
 (9)

 (96)

 (669)

 683 

 15 

 820 
 (1 181)

 (70)

 268 

 (1 178)

 (2 545)

 2 066 

 1 055 

 50 
 84 
 328 
 927 
 677 

 243 
 536 
 276 

During the year the company and its subsidiaries, in the ordinary course of business, entered into various sale and 
purchase transactions with associates and joint ventures. These transactions were subject to terms that are no 
less, nor more favourable than those arranged with third parties.

11.  GOING CONCERN

Taking into account the group’s liquidity position as well as internal budgets for the short to medium term, it is 
expected that the group will continue to trade as a going concern within the next 12 months.

105

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE SUMMARISED GROUP ANNUAL FINANCIAL  
STATEMENTS (continued)

for the year ended 31 December 

12. EVENTS AFTER THE REPORTING PERIOD

Details of the final dividend proposed are given in note 14. 

The following non-adjusting events occurred after the reporting date and are disclosed for information 
purposes:
•   On 31 January 2014, Exxaro concluded a sale of asset agreement relating to its NCC operation with 

Universal Coal Development VIII Proprietary Limited. Once all conditions precedent to the transaction have 
been fulfilled, an agreed cash amount will be paid to Exxaro. Exxaro has subsequently placed the mine on 
care and maintenance until fulfilment of all conditions precedent makes the transaction unconditional and 
the operation is handed over to the new owners

•   The mining convention, Port Autonome de Pointe Noire (PAPN) memorandum of understanding as well as 
the rail framework agreements with Chemin de fer Congo-Ocean (CFCO) relating to the Mayoko project in 
the Republic of the Congo, were signed in Brazzaville on 29 January 2014. 

The directors are not aware of any other significant matter or circumstance arising after the reporting period 
up to the date of this report, not otherwise dealt with in this report.

13. INDEPENDENT EXTERNAL AUDIT CONCLUSION

These summarised group annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013 (from page 93 to 106) 
have been audited by the external auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, who expressed an unmodified audit 
opinion thereon. The auditor also expressed an unmodified opinion on the group annual financial statements 
from which these summarised group annual financial statements were derived. The individual auditor assigned 
to the audit is Mr TD Shango. 

The full auditors’ report is included in the group annual financial statements on the website www.exxaro.com.

Both copies of the auditor’s audit reports are available for inspection at the company’s registered office, 
together with the audited group annual financial statements which have been summarised in this report.

14. FINAL DIVIDEND

Notice is given that a gross final cash dividend, number 22 of 315 cents per share, for the 2013 financial 
year has been declared, payable to shareholders of ordinary shares. Total secondary tax on companies 
(STC) credits available for offsetting against the dividend tax amount to R195 million (54,51893 cents per 
share). The gross local dividend amount is 315 cents per share for shareholders exempt from Dividend Tax. 
The dividend declared will be subject to a dividend withholding tax of 15% for all shareholders who are 
not exempt from or do not quality for a reduced rate of withholding tax. The net local dividend payable to 
shareholders subject to withholding tax at a rate of 15% amounts to 275,92784 cents per share. The number 
of ordinary shares in issue at the date of this declaration is 358 115 505. Exxaro’s tax reference number is 
9218/098/14/4.

The salient dates relating to payment of the dividend are:

Last day to trade cum dividend on the JSE 

First trading day ex dividend on the JSE 

Record date 

Payment date 

Friday, 4 April 2014

Monday, 7 April 2014

Friday, 11 April 2014

Monday, 14 April 2014

No share certificates may be dematerialised or rematerialised between Monday, 7 April 2014 and Friday, 
11 April 2014, both days inclusive. Dividends for certificated shareholders will be transferred electronically to 
their bank accounts on payment date. Shareholders who hold dematerialised shares will have their accounts at 
their central securities depository participant (CSDP) or broker credited on Monday, 14 April 2014.

106

Additional  
information

10709

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013MINING CHARTER SCORECARD 2013

Element

Reporting

Ownership

Description

Measure

Compliance target 
2013

Has the company reported the level 
of compliance with the charter for 
the calendar year

Documentary proof of receipt from 
the department

Annually

Minimum target for effective 
HDSA ownership

Meaningful economic participation 
Full shareholder rights

26% by 2014
26% by 2014

Housing and living 
conditions

Conversion and upgrading of 
hostels to attain the occupancy 
rate of one person per room

Percentage reduction of occupancy 
rate towards 2014 target

Occupancy rate of one 
person per room by 
2014

Conversion and upgrading of 
hostels into family units

Percentage conversion of hostels 
into family units

Family units 
established by 2014

Progress

Reports submitted annually per mining right to the DMR 

52,09%

52,09%

Accommodation

Housing allowance 

•  Exxaro provides accommodation to 37% of its mine employees 

•  The number of people sharing accommodation – 0

Bargaining unit employees receive either a housing allowance or a living-out allowance for accommodation. These 

allowances differ by job grading and are annually revised through collective bargaining. Non-bargaining unit employees 

receive an all-inclusive remuneration package

Procurement and 
enterprise 
development

Procurement spent on BEE entity 

Capital goods 
Services 
Consumable goods

Multinational suppliers contribution 
to the social fund

Annual spend on procurement from 
multinational suppliers

Employment equity

Diversification of the workplace to 
reflect the country’s demographics 
to attain competitiveness

Top management (board) 
Senior management 
Middle management 
Junior management 
Core skills 

HRD expenditure as percentage 
of total annual payroll (excluding 
mandatory skills development levy)

30%
60%
40%

0,5%

35% 
35% 
40% 
40% 
35%

4,5%

49%

58%

62%

0,5%

60%

53%

55%

65%

96%

5,34%

Developing requisite skills, 
including support for South 
Africa based research and 
development initiatives intended to 
develop solutions in exploration, 
mining, processing, technology 
mining, beneficiation as well as 
environmental conservation

Conduct ethnographic community 
consultative and collaborative 
processes to delineate community 
needs analysis

Implement approved community 
projects 

Up-to-date project 
implementation 
by 2014

•  Continual engagement with all stakeholders (ie authorities, interested and affected parties) ensures a collaborative 

approach in implementing Exxaro’s community projects

•  Total spend on socio-economic development in 2013 was 0,9% of net profit after tax

Improvement of the industry’s 
environmental management

Implement approved environmental 
management programmes (EMPs)

100% by 2014

Implementation of approved EMPs: Exxaro assesses performance towards achieving EMPs, monitors environmental 

changes and updates EMPs, performs audits, and assesses financial provision. All operations with EMPs are committed to 

concurrent rehabilitation, and to closure planning. Programmes are in place to achieve the compliance target by 2014

Human resources 
development

Mine community 
development

Sustainable 
development and 
growth

108

Element

Reporting

Description

Measure

Has the company reported the level 

Documentary proof of receipt from 

Annually

of compliance with the charter for 

the department

the calendar year

Ownership

Minimum target for effective 

Meaningful economic participation 

HDSA ownership

Full shareholder rights

26% by 2014

26% by 2014

Housing and living 

Conversion and upgrading of 

Percentage reduction of occupancy 

Occupancy rate of one 

conditions

hostels to attain the occupancy 

rate towards 2014 target

person per room by 

rate of one person per room

Conversion and upgrading of 

Percentage conversion of hostels 

Family units 

hostels into family units

into family units

established by 2014

Compliance target 

2013

2014

30%

60%

40%

35% 

35% 

40% 

40% 

35%

4,5%

Procurement and 

Procurement spent on BEE entity 

Capital goods 

enterprise 

development

Services 

Consumable goods

Multinational suppliers contribution 

Annual spend on procurement from 

0,5%

to the social fund

multinational suppliers

Employment equity

Diversification of the workplace to 

Top management (board) 

reflect the country’s demographics 

Senior management 

to attain competitiveness

Middle management 

Junior management 

Core skills 

HRD expenditure as percentage 

of total annual payroll (excluding 

mandatory skills development levy)

Human resources 

development

Developing requisite skills, 

including support for South 

Africa based research and 

development initiatives intended to 

develop solutions in exploration, 

mining, processing, technology 

mining, beneficiation as well as 

environmental conservation

development

consultative and collaborative 

projects 

processes to delineate community 

needs analysis

Progress

Reports submitted annually per mining right to the DMR 

52,09%
52,09%

Accommodation
•  Exxaro provides accommodation to 37% of its mine employees 
•  The number of people sharing accommodation – 0

Housing allowance 
Bargaining unit employees receive either a housing allowance or a living-out allowance for accommodation. These 
allowances differ by job grading and are annually revised through collective bargaining. Non-bargaining unit employees 
receive an all-inclusive remuneration package

49%
58%
62%

0,5%

60%
53%
55%
65%
96%

5,34%

Mine community 

Conduct ethnographic community 

Implement approved community 

Up-to-date project 

•  Continual engagement with all stakeholders (ie authorities, interested and affected parties) ensures a collaborative 

implementation 

by 2014

approach in implementing Exxaro’s community projects

•  Total spend on socio-economic development in 2013 was 0,9% of net profit after tax

Sustainable 

Improvement of the industry’s 

Implement approved environmental 

100% by 2014

development and 

environmental management

management programmes (EMPs)

growth

Implementation of approved EMPs: Exxaro assesses performance towards achieving EMPs, monitors environmental 
changes and updates EMPs, performs audits, and assesses financial provision. All operations with EMPs are committed to 
concurrent rehabilitation, and to closure planning. Programmes are in place to achieve the compliance target by 2014

109

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013MINING CHARTER SCORECARD 2013
continued

Element

Description

Measure

Sustainable 
development and 
growth

Improvement of the industry’s mine 
health and safety performance

Implementation of tripartite action 
plan on health and safety

Compliance target 
2013

100% by 2014

Utilisation of South Africa-based 
research facilities for analysis 
of samples across the mining 
value chain

Percentage of samples in South 
African facilities

100% by 2014

Exxaro’s operations, its research and development department and its projects generate large volumes of samples for 

analyses. These were predominantly analysed in South Africa at in-house or contracted off-site South Africa-based 

Beneficiation

Contribution towards beneficiation 
(effective from 2013)

Added production volume 
contributory to local value addition 
beyond the baseline

Section 26 of MRPDA 
(% above baseline)

110

Progress

Culture transformation: 

1   Leadership strategies (programmes implemented)

and evaluated in February 2013

2  Risk management (programmes implemented)

Exxaro has developed safety improvement plans per operation in consultation with stakeholder groups: employees, 

unions, Exco, directors and authorities. These plans have five focus areas: leadership, zero tolerance, training for life, 

identifying risks and communication. Through collaborative engagement, the implementation of these plans was reviewed 

Exxaro rolled out the Global Mining Industry Risk Management Programme training in April 2012. The purpose is to 

enhance the way safety risks are identified and managed at operational level. This is aligned with the group-wide enterprise 

risk management (ERM) process

3  Bonuses and performance incentives (programmes implemented)

Exxaro has an incentive scheme for operations that meet or maintain their LTIFR against the group target, with annual 

payments to  employees and contractors

During the business review and budgeting process each year, union leadership is given an opportunity at operational level 

to make inputs on how the safety performance incentive can be improved. This policy is currently being reviewed to include 

safety leading indicators

4  Leading practices for mining industry (programmes implemented)

To date, two Exxaro operations are 100% compliant with a leading practice standard: Arnot has implemented the netting 

and bolting (fall of ground) initiative and Grootegeluk is piloting the proximity detection system initiative.

In addition, the group decided to adopt the Mine Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) hearing protection device (HPD) 

leading practice, with an induction workshop in April 2013. Subsequently, each regional hygiene specialist was tasked with 

initiating adoption at their business unit, with the support of the MOSH adoption team

15% of employees, including contractors, completed OHS representative training – a total of 1 245 out of 8 500 

Exxaro workforce

Health: 100% of mandatory reports submitted

HIV/Aids: ongoing testing, providing treatment or access to treatment

TB: implementing a management standard aligned with the DMR and Department of Health

laboratories during 2013

Exxaro also funds four tertiary chairs as part of its research-support initiatives

Exxaro embarked on the following initiatives: 

1  Established a semi-coke production operation at Lephalale

2  Established a fine coal pelletisation facility at its jointly-owned Mafube coal mine 

3  Developing the AlloyStream technology for the production of ferroalloys

4  Performed a feasibility study to evaluate the expansion of the char-based reductant operations at Lephalale

5  Performed a feasibility study to evaluate establishing a coke making operation at Lephalale 

6  Performing a feasibility study to develop the Thabametsi mine to supply coal to an independent power producer 

7  Investigating and evaluating the potential to beneficiate fine coal at its operations

 
Element

Description

Measure

Compliance target 

2013

Sustainable 

Improvement of the industry’s mine 

Implementation of tripartite action 

100% by 2014

development and 

health and safety performance

plan on health and safety

growth

Utilisation of South Africa-based 

Percentage of samples in South 

100% by 2014

research facilities for analysis 

of samples across the mining 

value chain

African facilities

Beneficiation

Contribution towards beneficiation 

Added production volume 

Section 26 of MRPDA 

(effective from 2013)

contributory to local value addition 

(% above baseline)

beyond the baseline

Progress

Culture transformation: 

1   Leadership strategies (programmes implemented)

Exxaro has developed safety improvement plans per operation in consultation with stakeholder groups: employees, 
unions, Exco, directors and authorities. These plans have five focus areas: leadership, zero tolerance, training for life, 
identifying risks and communication. Through collaborative engagement, the implementation of these plans was reviewed 
and evaluated in February 2013

2  Risk management (programmes implemented)

Exxaro rolled out the Global Mining Industry Risk Management Programme training in April 2012. The purpose is to 
enhance the way safety risks are identified and managed at operational level. This is aligned with the group-wide enterprise 
risk management (ERM) process

3  Bonuses and performance incentives (programmes implemented)

Exxaro has an incentive scheme for operations that meet or maintain their LTIFR against the group target, with annual 
payments to  employees and contractors

During the business review and budgeting process each year, union leadership is given an opportunity at operational level 
to make inputs on how the safety performance incentive can be improved. This policy is currently being reviewed to include 
safety leading indicators

4  Leading practices for mining industry (programmes implemented)

To date, two Exxaro operations are 100% compliant with a leading practice standard: Arnot has implemented the netting 
and bolting (fall of ground) initiative and Grootegeluk is piloting the proximity detection system initiative.

In addition, the group decided to adopt the Mine Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) hearing protection device (HPD) 
leading practice, with an induction workshop in April 2013. Subsequently, each regional hygiene specialist was tasked with 
initiating adoption at their business unit, with the support of the MOSH adoption team

15% of employees, including contractors, completed OHS representative training – a total of 1 245 out of 8 500 
Exxaro workforce

Health: 100% of mandatory reports submitted

HIV/Aids: ongoing testing, providing treatment or access to treatment

TB: implementing a management standard aligned with the DMR and Department of Health

Exxaro’s operations, its research and development department and its projects generate large volumes of samples for 
analyses. These were predominantly analysed in South Africa at in-house or contracted off-site South Africa-based 
laboratories during 2013

Exxaro also funds four tertiary chairs as part of its research-support initiatives

Exxaro embarked on the following initiatives: 
1  Established a semi-coke production operation at Lephalale
2  Established a fine coal pelletisation facility at its jointly-owned Mafube coal mine 
3  Developing the AlloyStream technology for the production of ferroalloys
4  Performed a feasibility study to evaluate the expansion of the char-based reductant operations at Lephalale
5  Performed a feasibility study to evaluate establishing a coke making operation at Lephalale 
6  Performing a feasibility study to develop the Thabametsi mine to supply coal to an independent power producer 
7  Investigating and evaluating the potential to beneficiate fine coal at its operations

111

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Exxaro Resources Limited 
(Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa)
Registration number: 2000/011076/06
JSE share code: EXX
ISIN: ZAE000084992
ADR code: EXXAY
(Exxaro or the company)

Notice is hereby given that the 13th annual general meeting of shareholders of Exxaro will be held (subject to 
any adjournment, postponement or cancellation thereof) at the Exxaro Corporate Centre, Roger Dyason Road, 
Pretoria West, South Africa, at 10:00 on Tuesday, 27 May 2014 to consider, and if deemed fit, pass with or without 
modification, the resolutions as set out in this notice.

The board of directors of the company has determined, in accordance with section 59(1)(a) and (b) of the 
Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies Act), that the record date for shareholders to receive the 
notice of the annual general meeting (the notice record date) is Thursday, 17 April 2014 and the record date for 
shareholders to be recorded as such in the shareholders’ register, maintained by the transfer secretaries of the 
company, to be able to attend, participate in and vote at the annual general meeting (the voting record date) is 
Friday, 16 May 2014. Therefore the last day to trade in the company’s shares on the JSE to be recorded in the share 
register on the voting record date is Friday, 9 May 2014.

PRESENTATION OF AUDITED ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The annual financial statements of the company and the group, including the reports of the directors, group audit 
committee and the independent auditors, for the year ended 31 December 2013, will be presented to shareholders 
as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Companies Act (abbreviated versions have been included in the 
integrated report, with the full annual financial statements available on our website). 

PRESENTATION OF GROUP SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE REPORT
A report of the members of the group social and ethics committee for the year ended 31 December 2013, as 
included in the integrated report, will be presented to shareholders as required in terms of regulation 43 of the 
Companies Regulations, 2011.

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION
1 

 Ordinary resolution number 1: election and re-election of directors

 To elect or re-elect, as the case may be, by separate resolutions the following directors: Dr CJ Fauconnier, 
and Messrs NL Sowazi and D Zihlangu. Brief résumés for these directors appear on page 62 to 66 of the 
integrated report.

 The board of directors has assessed the performance of the directors standing for election and re-election, 
as the case may be, and has found them suitable for appointment and reappointment. 

 Dr CJ Fauconnier, having been appointed by the board of directors since the last annual general meeting 
of the company, is, in accordance with the provisions of clause 6.2 of the company’s memorandum of 
incorporation, obliged to retire at this annual general meeting and, being eligible, offer himself for election. 

 Ordinary resolution number 1.1

“ RESOLVED that Dr CJ Fauconnier be and is hereby elected as a director of the company with effect from 
27 May 2014.”

 Messrs JJ Geldenhuys, NL Sowazi and D Zihlangu are obliged to retire by rotation at this annual general 
meeting in accordance with the provisions of clause 6.2 of the company’s memorandum of incorporation. 
Having so retired and being eligible, Messrs Sowazi and Zihlangu offer themselves for re-election. 
Mr Geldenhuys has not offered himself for re-election. 

 Ordinary resolution number 1.2
“ RESOLVED that Mr NL Sowazi be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the company with effect from 
27 May 2014.”  

 Ordinary resolution number 1.3
“ RESOLVED that Mr D Zihlangu be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the company with effect from 
27 May 2014.” 

	For	each	of	the	above	resolutions	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	cast	
and/or	exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	each	of	these	resolutions.

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
2  Ordinary resolution number 2: election of group audit committee members

 To elect by separate resolutions a group audit committee comprising independent non-executive directors, 
as provided in section 94(4) of the Companies Act and appointed in terms of section 94(2) of the Companies 
Act to hold office until the next annual general meeting to perform the duties and responsibilities stipulated 
in section 94(7) of the Companies Act and the King III Report on Governance for South Africa 2009 and 
to perform such other duties and responsibilities as may from time to time be delegated by the board of 
directors for the company and all subsidiary companies.

 The board of directors has assessed the performance of the group audit committee members standing for 
election and has found them suitable for appointment. Brief résumés for these directors appear on page 62 to 
66 of the integrated report.

 Ordinary resolution number 2.1
“ RESOLVED that Dr CJ Fauconnier be and is hereby elected as a member of the group audit committee with 
effect from 27 May 2014.” 

 Ordinary resolution number 2.2
“ RESOLVED that Mr RP Mohring be and is hereby elected as a member of the group audit committee with 
effect from 27 May 2014.” 

 Ordinary resolution number 2.3
“ RESOLVED that Mr J van Rooyen be and is hereby elected as a member of the group audit committee with 
effect from 27 May 2014.” 

	The	election	of	Dr	CJ	Fauconnier	is	subject	to	his	election	as	a	director.

	For	each	of	the	above	resolutions	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	cast	
and/or	exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	each	of	these	resolutions.

3 

 Ordinary resolution number 3: election of group social and ethics committee members

 To elect by separate resolutions a group social and ethics committee, as provided in section 72(4) of the 
Companies Act and regulation 43 of the Companies Regulations, 2011 (Regulations), appointed in terms of 
regulation 43(2) of the Regulations to hold office until the next annual general meeting and to perform the 
duties and responsibilities stipulated in regulation 43(5) of the Regulations and to perform such other duties 
and responsibilities as may from time to time be delegated by the board of directors for the company and all 
subsidiary companies.

 The board of directors has assessed the performance of the group social and ethics committee members 
standing for election and has found them suitable for appointment. Brief résumés for these directors appear 
on page 62 to 66 of this report.

 Ordinary resolution number 3.1

“ RESOLVED that Dr CJ Fauconnier be and is hereby elected as a member of the group social and ethics 
committee with effect from 27 May 2014.” 

Ordinary resolution number 3.2

“ RESOLVED that Mr RP Mohring be and is hereby elected as a member of the group social and ethics 
committee with effect from 27 May 2014.” 

Ordinary resolution number 3.3

“ RESOLVED that Dr MF Randera be and is hereby elected as a member of the group social and ethics 
committee with effect from 27 May 2014.” 

	The	election	of	Dr	CJ	Fauconnier	is	subject	to	his	election	as	a	director.

	For	each	of	the	above	resolutions	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	cast	
and/or	exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	each	of	these	resolutions.

113

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
continued

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION (CONTINUED)

4 

 Ordinary resolution number 4: approval of the remuneration policy

“ RESOLVED, through a non-binding advisory vote, that the company’s remuneration policy and its 
implementation, as set out in the remuneration report on page 82 of the integrated report, be and is 
hereby approved.”

	This	ordinary	resolution	is	of	an	advisory	nature	only	and	although	the	board	will	take	the	outcome	of	the	vote	
into	consideration	when	determining	the	remuneration	policy,	failure	to	pass	this	resolution	will	not	legally	
preclude	the	company	from	implementing	the	remuneration	policy	as	contained	in	the	integrated	report.

5 

 Ordinary resolution number 5: reappointment of independent external auditors

 As set out in the group audit committee report on page 91 of the integrated report, the group audit committee 
has assessed PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated’s performance, independence and suitability and has 
nominated them for reappointment as independent external auditors of the group, to hold office until the next 
annual general meeting.

“ RESOLVED that PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated, with the designated audit partner being 
Mr TD Shango, be and is hereby reappointed as independent external auditors of the group for the 
ensuing year.”

	For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	
exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.

6 

 Ordinary resolution number 6: control of authorised but unissued shares

“ RESOLVED that the authorised but unissued shares in the capital of the company be and are hereby 
placed under the control and authority of the directors and that they be and are hereby authorised to 
allot, issue and otherwise dispose of such shares to such person or persons on such terms and conditions 
and at such times as they may from time to time and at their discretion deem fit, subject to the provisions 
of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies Act), clause 3.1(3) of the memorandum of 
incorporation of the company and the JSE Listings Requirements. The number of shares issued in terms 
of this authority will not in the aggregate in the current financial year exceed 5% (five percent) of the 
company’s issued share capital of ordinary shares. The issuing of shares granted under this authority will be 
at the discretion of the directors until the next annual general meeting of the company.”

 At present, the directors have no specific intention to use this authority and the authority will thus only be used 
if circumstances are appropriate. 

 For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	
exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.

7 

 Ordinary resolution number 7: general authority to issue shares for cash

“ RESOLVED that the directors of the company be and are hereby authorised, by way of a general authority, 
to issue the authorised but unissued shares in the capital of the company (and/or any options/convertible 
securities that are convertible into ordinary shares) for cash, as and when they in their discretion deem 
fit, subject to clause 3.1(3) of the memorandum of incorporation of the company, the Companies Act No 71 
of 2008, as amended (Companies Act), and the JSE Listings Requirements, when applicable and with the 
following limitations, namely that:
•   This authority is valid until the company’s next annual general meeting, provided that it will not extend 

beyond 15 (fifteen) months from the date that this authority is given

•   The equity securities which are the subject of the issue for cash must be of a class already in issue, or 
where this is not the case, must be limited to such securities or rights that are convertible into a class 
already in issue

•   Any such issue will only be made to ‘public shareholders’ as defined in the JSE Listings Requirements and 

not to related parties, unless the JSE otherwise agrees

•   The number of shares issued for cash will not in aggregate exceed 5% (five percent) of the company’s listed 

equity securities as at the date of the notice of annual general meeting, such number being 17 905 775 
ordinary shares in the company’s issued share capital (excluding treasury shares) 

•  Any equity securities issued under the authority during the period contemplated in the first bullet above 

must be deducted from such number in the preceding bullet

114

 
	
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  In the event of a sub-division or consolidation of issued equity securities during the period contemplated 
in the first bullet above, the existing authority must be adjusted accordingly to represent the same 
allocation ratio

•  A paid press announcement giving full details, including the impact on net asset value and earnings per 

share, will be published at the time of any issue representing, on a cumulative basis within 1 (one) financial 
year, 5% (five percent) or more of the number of shares in issue prior to the issue

•  The maximum discount permitted at which equity securities may be issued is 10% (ten percent) of the 
weighted average traded price on the JSE of those shares over the 30 (thirty) business days prior to 
the date that the price of the issue is agreed between the company and the party subscribing for the 
securities.”

 At present, the directors have no specific intention to use this authority, and the authority will thus only be 
used if circumstances are appropriate. 

	For	this	ordinary	resolution	to	be	passed,	under	the	JSE	Listings	Requirements,	votes	in	favour	of	the	
resolution	must	represent	at	least	75%	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	exercised	at	the	meeting.

8  Ordinary resolution number 8: authorise director and/or group company secretary 

“ RESOLVED that any one director and/or group company secretary of the company or equivalent be and are 
hereby authorised to do all such things and sign all such documents deemed necessary to implement the 
resolutions set out in the notice convening the annual general meeting at which these resolutions will be 
considered.”

	For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	of	the	resolution	must	represent	at	least	50%	+1	of	all	votes	
cast	and/or	exercised	at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.

9  Special resolution number 1: non-executive directors’ fees

 Approval in terms of section 66 of the Companies Act is required to authorise the company to remunerate 
non-executive directors for services as directors. Furthermore, in terms of the King Report on Governance for 
South Africa 2009 and as read with the JSE Listings Requirements, remuneration payable to non-executive 
directors should be approved by shareholders in advance or within the previous two years.

“ RESOLVED as a special resolution in terms of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies 
Act), that the remuneration of non-executive directors for the period 1 January 2014 to 31 December 2014* 
and the period 1 January 2015 until the next annual general meeting**, be and is hereby approved on the 
basis set out below:

Chairman of the board
Members of the board
Audit committee chairman
Audit committee members
Chairmen of other board committees
Members of other board committees
Social and ethics committee chairman
Social and ethics committee member

Ad hoc meeting fees
Board meeting
Committee meeting

Jan – Dec 2014 

Proposed 
R

1 253 160 
296 083 
250 352 
132 230 
193 943 
92 546 
96 972
46 273

Jan 2015 – 2015 
AGM 
Proposed 
R

1 353 413
319 770
270 380
142 808
209 458
99 950
104 729
49 975

Current 
R

1 062 000
250 917
231 807
122 435
179 576
85 690
89 788
42 845

11 610
 8 710

12 539
9 407

13 542
10 160

If	this	proposed	fee	is	approved,	directors	will	receive	back	pay	on	the	basis	of	the	increased	fee	with	effect	from	1	January	2014.

*		
**	 	The	rationale	for	the	additional	period	increase	is	to	align	the	increase	period	with	the	annual	general	meeting	period,	instead	of	the	financial	year,	to	eliminate	

the	need	for	back	pay	in	future.	This	will	be	a	once-off	adjustment,	after	which	the	increase	period	will	align	with	the	AGM	period.

115

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
	
 
	
 
 
NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
continued

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION (CONTINUED)

9  Special resolution number 1: non-executive directors’ fees (continued)

The proposed 2014 directors’ fees equate to an 18% increase, while committee fees equate to an 8% 
increase. The higher-than-normal increase is based on market benchmarking and the company’s overall 
remuneration philosophy: post the Jan — Dec 2014 increase, non-executive director fees will equate to 87% of 
the comparative market average. 

Three years ago it was determined that the chairman’s fees were significantly below the market. Instead of 
providing for a material increase in one year, the required increase, to bring him more on par with the market, 
has been made over the past three years (including this year). An 18% increase in the 2014 chairman’s fee is 
therefore also proposed. The proposed increase is based on market comparison against suitable peers, his 
performance, level of involvement and participation in strategic matters, support and guidance provided to 
management and his attendance at board committees as an invitee (without receiving member fees). 

Post the Jan — Dec 2014 increase, the chairman’s fee will equate to 67% of the comparative market average.

The Jan 2015-2015 AGM increase equates to an 8% increase.

For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	75%	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	exercised	
at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.	

10  Special resolution number 2: general authority to repurchase shares

“ RESOLVED as a special resolution in terms of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies 
Act), that, subject to compliance with the JSE Listings Requirements, the Companies Act, and clause 3.1(12) 
of the memorandum of incorporation of the company, the directors be and are hereby authorised at their 
discretion to instruct that the company or subsidiaries of the company acquire or repurchase ordinary 
shares issued by the company, provided that:
•  The number of ordinary shares acquired in any one financial year will not exceed 5% (five percent) of the 

ordinary shares in issue at the date on which this resolution is passed

•  This must be effected through the order book operated by the JSE trading system and done without any 

prior understanding or arrangement between the company and the counterparty

•  This authority will lapse on the earlier of the date of the next annual general meeting of the company or 

15 (fifteen) months after the date on which this resolution is passed

•  The price paid per ordinary share may not be greater than 10% (ten percent) above the weighted average 

of the market value of the ordinary shares for the 5 (five) business days immediately preceding the date on 
which a purchase is made.”

The reason for and effect of this special resolution is to authorise the directors, if they deem it appropriate 
in the interests of the company, to instruct that the company or subsidiaries of the company acquire or 
repurchase ordinary shares issued by the company subject to the restrictions contained in the above 
resolution.

116

 
 
 
 
 
At present, the directors have no specific intention to use this authority which will only be used if 
circumstances are appropriate. 

The directors undertake that they will not implement the repurchase as contemplated in this special 
resolution while this general authority is valid, unless:
•  After such repurchases, the company passes the solvency and liquidity test as contained in section 4 of 

the Companies Act and that from the time the solvency and liquidity test is done, there will be no material 
changes to the financial position of the group

•  The consolidated assets of the company and the group, fairly valued in accordance with International 

Financial Reporting Standards and in accordance with accounting policies used in the company and group 
annual financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2013, will exceed the consolidated liabilities of 
the company and the group immediately following such purchase or 12 (twelve) months after the date of the 
notice of annual general meeting, whichever is the later

•  The company and the group will be able to pay their debts as they become due in the ordinary course of 

business for a period of 12 (twelve) months after the date of the notice of the annual general meeting or a 
period of 12 (twelve) months after the date on which the board considers that the purchase will satisfy the 
immediately preceding requirement and this requirement, whichever is the later

•  The issued share capital and reserves of the company and group will be adequate for the purposes of the 
business of the company and group for a period of 12 (twelve) months after the date of the notice of the 
annual general meeting of the company 

•  The company and group will have adequate working capital for ordinary business purposes for a period of 

12 (twelve) months after the date of this notice 

•  A resolution is passed by the board of directors that it has authorised the repurchase, that the company 
and its subsidiaries have passed the solvency and liquidity test and that, since the test was performed, 
there have been no material changes to the financial position of the group

•  The requirements contained in schedule 25 of the JSE Listings Requirements are complied with
•  The company or its subsidiaries will not repurchase securities during a prohibited period as defined in 
paragraph 3.67 of the JSE Listings Requirements unless the company has a repurchase programme in 
place where the dates and quantities of securities to be traded during the relevant prohibited period 
are fixed (not subject to any variation) and full details of the programme have been disclosed in an 
announcement released on SENS prior to the commencement of the prohibited period

•  When the company or its subsidiaries have cumulatively repurchased 3% (three percent) of the initial 
number of the relevant class of securities, and for each 3% (three percent) in aggregate of the initial 
number of that class acquired thereafter, an announcement will be made

•  The company at any time only appoints one agent to effect any repurchase(s) on its behalf
•  The company undertakes that it will not enter the market to repurchase its own securities until the 

company’s sponsor has provided written confirmation to the JSE in accordance with schedule 25 of the 
JSE Listings Requirements.

For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	75%	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	exercised	
at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.	

117

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
continued

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION (CONTINUED)

11  Special resolution number 3: financial assistance for subscription of securities

“ RESOLVED as a special resolution in terms of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies 
Act), that the provision by the company of any direct or indirect financial assistance as contemplated in 
section 44 of the Companies Act to any 1 (one) or more related or inter-related persons of the company for 
the purpose of, or in connection with, the subscription of any option, or any securities, issued or to be issued 
by the company or a related or inter-related company, or for the purchase of any securities of the company 
or a related or inter-related company, be and is hereby approved, provided that:
1  (i) 

 The specific recipient/s of such financial assistance 
(ii)    The form, nature and extent of such financial assistance 
(iii)    The terms and conditions under which such financial assistance is provided 
are determined by the board of directors of the company from time to time 

2   The board has satisfied the requirements of section 44 of the Companies Act in relation to the provision of 

any financial assistance 

3   Such financial assistance to a recipient is, in the opinion of the board of directors of the company, required 

for a purpose, which in the opinion of the board, is directly or indirectly in the interest of the company

4   The authority granted in terms of this special resolution will remain valid until the next annual general meeting.”

For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	75%	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	exercised	
at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.	

12  Special resolution number 4: financial assistance to related or inter-related companies

“ RESOLVED as a special resolution in terms of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, as amended (Companies 
Act), that the provision by the company of any direct or indirect financial assistance as contemplated in 
section 45 of the Companies Act to any 1 (one) or more related or inter-related companies of the company 
and/or to any 1 (one) or more juristic persons who are members of, or are related to, any such related or 
inter-related company, be and is hereby approved, provided that:
 The specific recipient/s of such financial assistance 
1  (i) 
(ii)    The form, nature and extent of such financial assistance 
(iii)   The terms and conditions under which such financial assistance is provided 
are determined by the board of directors of the company from time to time 

2   The board has satisfied the requirements of section 45 of the Companies Act in relation to the provision of 

any financial assistance 

3   Such financial assistance to a recipient is, in the opinion of the board of directors of the company, required 
for a purpose which, in the opinion of the board, is directly or indirectly in the interests of the company

4   The authority granted in terms of this special resolution will remain valid until the next annual general meeting.”

For	this	resolution	to	be	passed,	votes	in	favour	must	represent	at	least	75%	of	all	votes	cast	and/or	exercised	
at	the	meeting	in	respect	of	this	resolution.	

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
13  To transact such other business as may be transacted at an annual general meeting

Disclosures required in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements

The following information is provided in accordance with paragraph 11.26 of the JSE Listings Requirements 
and relates to special resolution number 2:

Litigation statement

Other than disclosed or accounted for in the annual financial statements, the directors of the company, 
whose names appear on page 62 to 66 of the integrated report, are not aware of any legal or arbitration 
proceedings, pending or threatened against the group, which may have or have had a material effect on 
the group’s financial position in the 12 (twelve) months preceding the date of this notice of annual general 
meeting.

Directors’ responsibility statement

The directors, whose names appear on page 62 to 66 of the integrated report, collectively and individually 
accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information given in special resolution number 2, and certify 
that to the best of their knowledge and belief no facts have been omitted that would make any statements 
false or misleading and that all reasonable enquiries to ascertain such facts have been made and that this 
resolution and additional disclosure in terms of paragraph 11.26 of the JSE Listings Requirements contain all 
information required by law and the JSE Listings Requirements.

Material changes

Other than the facts and developments reported in the annual financial statements, and integrated report, 
there have been no material changes in the affairs, financial or trading position of the group since the 
signature date of the integrated report.

Further disclosures required in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements are set out in accordance with the 
reference pages in the integrated report of which this notice forms part:
•  Directors and management — refer to pages 60 to 66
•  Major shareholders of the company — refer to page 4
•  Directors’ interest in the company’s shares — refer to page 90
•  Share capital of the company — refer to page 104.

Identification, voting and proxies

In terms of section 63(1) of the Companies Act, any person attending or participating in the annual general 
meeting must present reasonable satisfactory identification and the person presiding at the annual general 
meeting must be reasonably satisfied that the right of any person to participate in and vote (as shareholder 
or as proxy for a shareholder) has been reasonably verified. Suitable forms of identification will include the 
presentation of valid identity documentation, driver’s licences and passports.

The votes of shares held by share trusts classified as schedule 14 trusts in terms of the JSE Listings 
Requirements will not be taken into account at the annual general meeting for approval of any resolution 
proposed in terms of the JSE Listings Requirements.

A form of proxy is attached for the convenience of any certificated or dematerialised Exxaro shareholders 
with own-name registrations who cannot attend the annual general meeting, but who wish to be represented. 
To be valid, completed forms of proxy must be received by the transfer secretaries of the company, 
Computershare Investor Services Proprietary Limited, Ground Floor, 70 Marshall Street, Johannesburg, 2001 
(PO Box 61051, Marshalltown, 2107) by no later than 10:00 on Friday, 23 May 2014.

All beneficial owners of Exxaro shares who have dematerialised their shares through a central securities 
depository participant (CSDP) or broker, other than those with own-name registration, and all beneficial 
owners of shares who hold certificated shares through a nominee, must provide their CSDP, broker or 
nominee with their voting instructions, in accordance with the agreement between the beneficial owner and 
the CSDP, broker or nominee as the case may be. Should such beneficial owners wish to attend the meeting 
in person, they must request their CSDP, broker or nominee to issue them with the appropriate letter of 
representation.

Exxaro does not accept responsibility and will not be held liable for any failure on the part of a CSDP or broker 
to notify such Exxaro shareholder of the annual general meeting.

119

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
 
 
 
NOTICE OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
continued

Electronic participation by shareholders

Should any shareholder (or representative or proxy for a shareholder) wish to participate in the annual general 
meeting electronically, that shareholder should apply in writing (including details on how the shareholder or 
representative (including proxy) can be contacted) to the transfer secretaries, at the address above, to be 
received by the transfer secretaries at least seven business days prior to the annual general meeting (thus 
Friday, 16 May 2014) for the transfer secretaries to arrange for the shareholder (or representative or proxy) to 
provide reasonably satisfactory identification to the transfer secretaries for the purposes of section 63(1) of 
the Companies Act and for the transfer secretaries to provide the shareholder (or representative or proxy) with 
details on how to access the annual general meeting by means of electronic participation. The company reserves 
the right not to provide for electronic participation at the annual general meeting if it determines that it is not 
practical to do so, or an insufficient number of shareholders (or their representatives or proxies) request to 
participate in this manner. 

By order of the board

CH Wessels
Group	company	secretary

Pretoria

31 March 2014

120

FORM OF PROXY

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Republic of South Africa)
Registration number: 2000/011076/06
JSE share code: EXX
ISIN: ZAE000084992
ADR code: EXXAY
(Exxaro or the company)

TO BE COMPLETED BY CERTIFICATED SHAREHOLDERS AND DEMATERIALISED 
SHAREHOLDERS WITH ‘OWN-NAME’ REGISTRATION ONLY

For completion by registered shareholders of Exxaro unable to attend the 13th annual general meeting of 
shareholders of the company to be held at 10:00 on Tuesday, 27 May 2014, at the Exxaro Corporate Centre, Roger 
Dyason Road, Pretoria West, South Africa or at any adjournment or postponement of that meeting.

A shareholder is entitled to appoint one or more proxies (none of whom need to be a shareholder of the company) 
to attend, participate in, speak and vote or abstain from voting in the place of that shareholder at the annual general 
meeting.

I/We (please print names in full)

of (address) 

being the holder/s of 

1  

2  

 shares in the company, do hereby appoint:

or, failing him/her

or, failing him/her

the chairman of the annual general meeting, as my/our proxy to attend, participate in, speak and, on a poll, vote on 
my/our behalf at the annual general meeting of shareholders to be held at 10:00 on Tuesday, 27 May 2014 at the 
Exxaro Corporate Centre, Roger Dyason Road, Pretoria West, South Africa or at any adjournment or postponement 
of that meeting, and to vote or abstain from voting as follows on the ordinary and special resolutions to be proposed 
at such meeting:

For

Against

Abstain

Ordinary resolutions

1  Resolution to elect and re-elect directors

1.1 Election of Dr CJ Fauconnier as a director

1.2 Re-election of Mr NL Sowazi as a director

1.3 Re-election of Mr D Zihlangu as a director

2  Resolution to elect group audit committee members

2.1  Election of Dr CJ Fauconnier as a member of the group 

audit committee 

2.2  Election of Mr RP Mohring as a member of the group 

audit committee 

2.3  Election of Mr J van Rooyen as a member of the group 

audit committee 

121

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013 
For

Against

Abstain

FORM OF PROXY
continued

3  Resolution to elect group social and ethics committee members

3.1  Election of Dr CJ Fauconnier as a member of the group social 

and ethics committee

3.2  Election of Mr RP Mohring as a member of the group social 

and ethics committee 

3.3  Election of Dr MF Randera as a member of the group social 

and ethics committee 

4  Resolution to approve, through a non-binding advisory vote, the 

company’s remuneration policy 

5  Resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated as 

independent external auditors

6  Resolution to place authorised but unissued shares under the control 

of the directors 

7  Resolution to authorise directors by way of a general authority to 

issue shares for cash

8  Resolution to authorise director and/or group company secretary to 
implement the resolutions set out in the notice convening the annual 
general meeting

Special resolutions

1  Special resolution to approve non-executive directors’ fees

2  Special resolution to authorise directors to repurchase company 

shares

3  Special resolution to authorise financial assistance for the 

subscription of securities 

4  Special resolution to authorise financial assistance to related or  

inter-related companies

Please indicate with an ‘X’ in the appropriate spaces provided above how you wish your vote to be cast. If no 
indication is given, the proxy may vote or abstain as he/she sees fit.

Signed at this  

day of  

2014

Signature

Assisted by me, where applicable (name and signature)

Please read the notes that follow.

122

NOTES OF THE FORM OF PROXY

NOTES TO THE FORM OF PROXY

(which include, inter alia, a summary of the rights established by section 58 of the Companies Act No 71 of 2008, 
as amended (Companies Act))

1  A form of proxy is only to be completed by those ordinary shareholders who are:

•  Holding ordinary shares in certificated form, or
•  Recorded on the subregister in electronic form in own-name.

2 

If you have already dematerialised your ordinary shares through a central securities depository participant 
(CSDP) or broker and wish to attend the annual general meeting, you must request your CSDP or broker to 
provide you with a letter of representation or you must instruct your CSDP or broker to vote by proxy on your 
behalf in terms of the agreement entered into between yourself and your CSDP or broker.

3  A shareholder may insert the name of a proxy or the names of two or more persons as alternative or 

concurrent proxies in the space. The person whose name stands first on the form of proxy and who is present 
at the annual general meeting of shareholders will be entitled to act to the exclusion of those whose names 
follow. A proxy may not delegate his/her authority to act on behalf of the shareholder to another person.

4  A proxy is entitled to exercise, or abstain from exercising, any voting right of the shareholder without 

direction, except to the extent that the instrument appointing the proxy provides otherwise.

5  On a show of hands, a shareholder of the company present in person or by proxy will have one vote, 

irrespective of the number of shares he/she holds or represents, provided that a proxy will, irrespective of 
the number of shareholders he/she represents, have only one vote. On a poll, a shareholder who is present 
in person or represented by proxy will be entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the company which 
the aggregate amount of the nominal value of shares held by him/her bears to the aggregate amount of the 
nominal value of all shares issued by the company.

6  A shareholder’s instructions to the proxy must be indicated by inserting the relevant numbers of votes 

exercisable by the shareholder in the box provided. Failure to comply with this will be deemed to authorise 
the proxy to vote or to abstain from voting at the annual general meeting as he/she deems fit in respect of all 
the shareholder’s exercisable votes. A shareholder or proxy is not obliged to use all the votes exercisable by 
the shareholder or by the proxy, but the total of the votes cast and in respect of which abstention is recorded 
may not exceed the total of votes exercisable by the shareholder or by the proxy.

7  The proxy appointment is:

•  Suspended at any time and to the extent that the shareholder chooses to act directly and in person in 

exercising any rights as a shareholder, and

•  Revocable unless the proxy appointment expressly states otherwise; and if the appointment is revocable, 

a shareholder may revoke the proxy appointment by:
–  Cancelling it in writing, or making a later inconsistent appointment of a proxy, and
–  Delivering a copy of the revocation instrument to the proxy, and to the transfer secretaries of 

the company.

8  The revocation of a proxy appointment constitutes a complete and final cancellation of the proxy’s authority 

to act on behalf of the shareholder as of the later of:
•  The date stated in the revocation instrument, if any or
•  The date on which the revocation instrument was delivered.

9 

If the instrument appointing a proxy or proxies has been delivered, as long as that appointment remains in 
effect, any notice that is required by the Companies Act or the company’s memorandum of incorporation to 
be delivered by the company to the shareholder must be delivered to:
•  The shareholder or
•  The proxy or proxies, if the shareholder has directed the company to do so, in writing, and paid any 

reasonable fee charged by the company for doing so.

10  The proxy appointment remains valid only until the end of the annual general meeting or any adjournment 
or postponement of the meeting, unless it is revoked in accordance with paragraph 7 prior to the meeting.

123

	EXXARO Integrated report 2013NOTES OF THE FORM OF PROXY
continued

11  Forms of proxy must be lodged at or posted to Computershare Investor Services Proprietary Limited, to be 

received not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and 
public holidays), thus by 10:00 on Friday, 23 May 2014.

For shareholders on the South African register:
Computershare Investor Services Proprietary Limited
Ground Floor
70 Marshall Street
Johannesburg
2001
PO Box 61051
Marshalltown
2107
www.computershare.com
Tel: +27 11 370 5000

Over-the-counter American depositary receipt (ADR) holders:
Exxaro has an ADR facility with The Bank of New York (BoNY) under a deposit agreement. ADR holders may 
instruct BoNY how the shares represented by their ADRs should be voted.

American Depositary Receipt Facility (ADR)
Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
New York, NY 10286
www.adrbny.com
shareowners@bankofny.com
Tel: +(00-1) 888 815 5133

12  Completing and lodging this form of proxy will not preclude the relevant shareholder from attending the 
annual general meeting and speaking and voting in person to the exclusion of any appointed proxy.

13  Documentary evidence establishing the authority of a person signing this form of proxy in a representative 

capacity or other legal capacity must be attached to this form of proxy, unless previously recorded by the 
transfer secretaries or waived by the chairman of the annual general meeting.

14  Any alteration or correction made to this form of proxy must be initialled by the signatory/ies.

15  Despite the aforegoing, the chairman of the annual general meeting may, if deemed reasonable, waive any 

formalities that would otherwise be a prerequisite for a valid proxy.

16 

If any shares are jointly held, all joint shareholders must sign this form of proxy. If more than one of those 
shareholders are present at the annual general meeting, either in person or by proxy, the person whose name 
first appears in the register will be entitled to vote.

124

ADMINISTRATION

Group company secretary and registered office
CH Wessels
Exxaro Resources Limited
Roger Dyason Road
Pretoria West, 0183
(PO Box 9229, Pretoria, 0001)
South Africa
Telephone +27 12 307 5000

Company registration number: 2000/011076/06
JSE share code: EXX
ISIN code: ZAE000084992

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated
2 Eglin Road
Sunninghill, 2157

Commercial Bankers
Absa Bank Limited

Corporate law advisers
EOH Legal Services Proprietary Limited
Roger Dyason Road
Pretoria West
0183

SHAREHOLDER DIARY

Financial year-end
Annual general meeting
Reports and accounts published

Announcement of annual results
Annual report
Interim report for the half-year ending 30 June

Distributions
Final dividend declaration
Payment
Interim dividend declaration
Payment

United States ADR Depository
The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street
New York NY 10286
United States of America

Sponsor
Deutsche Securities (SA) Proprietary 
Limited
3 Exchange Square
87 Maude Street
Sandton, 2196

Registrars
Computershare Investor Services
Proprietary Limited 
Ground floor, 70 Marshall Street
Johannesburg
2001
(PO Box 61051, Marshalltown, 2107)

31 December

May

Published

March
April
August

March
April
August
September/October

5 6 2 2

www.exxaro.com